grepcent / static financial knowledge base

EXXON MOBIL CORP (XOM)

CIK: 0000034088. SIC: 2911 Petroleum Refining. Latest 10-K as of: 2026-02-18.

SIC breadcrumb: Manufacturing > Petroleum Refining And Related Industries > SIC 2911 Petroleum Refining

SEC company page: https://www.sec.gov/edgar/browse/?CIK=34088. Latest filing source: 0000034088-26-000045.

Informational only - descriptive public-record data, not investment advice.

Selected Fundamentals

MetricValueUnitFYFiled
Revenue332,238,000,000USD20252026-02-18
Net income28,844,000,000USD20252026-02-18
Assets448,980,000,000USD20252026-02-18

Financials

Annual standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-02-18. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000034088.json. Derived margins, ratios, and free cash flow are computed from the extracted annual SEC facts.

Flow metrics use full-year FY periods from 10-K/10-K/A filings; balance-sheet metrics use FY-end instants. Free cash flow = operating cash flow - capital expenditures. Missing metrics are omitted rather than fabricated.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Revenue200,628,000,000244,363,000,000290,212,000,000264,938,000,000181,502,000,000285,640,000,000413,680,000,000344,582,000,000349,585,000,000332,238,000,000
Net income7,840,000,00019,710,000,00020,840,000,00014,340,000,000-22,440,000,00023,040,000,00055,740,000,00036,010,000,00033,680,000,00028,844,000,000
Diluted EPS1.884.634.883.36-5.255.3913.268.897.846.70
Operating cash flow22,082,000,00030,066,000,00036,014,000,00029,716,000,00014,668,000,00048,129,000,00076,797,000,00055,369,000,00055,022,000,00051,970,000,000
Capital expenditures16,163,000,00015,402,000,00019,574,000,00024,361,000,00017,282,000,00012,076,000,00018,407,000,00021,919,000,00024,306,000,00028,358,000,000
Dividends paid12,453,000,00013,001,000,00013,798,000,00014,652,000,00014,865,000,00014,924,000,00014,939,000,00014,941,000,00016,704,000,00017,231,000,000
Share buybacks977,000,000747,000,000626,000,000594,000,000405,000,000155,000,00015,155,000,00017,748,000,00019,629,000,00020,273,000,000
Assets330,314,000,000348,691,000,000346,196,000,000362,597,000,000332,750,000,000338,923,000,000369,067,000,000376,317,000,000453,475,000,000448,980,000,000
Liabilities156,484,000,000154,191,000,000147,668,000,000163,659,000,000168,620,000,000163,240,000,000166,594,000,000163,779,000,000182,869,000,000182,354,000,000
Stockholders' equity167,325,000,000187,688,000,000191,794,000,000191,650,000,000157,150,000,000168,577,000,000195,049,000,000204,802,000,000263,705,000,000259,386,000,000
Cash and cash equivalents3,657,000,0003,177,000,0003,042,000,0003,089,000,0004,364,000,0006,802,000,00029,640,000,00031,539,000,00023,029,000,00010,681,000,000
Free cash flow5,919,000,00014,664,000,00016,440,000,0005,355,000,000-2,614,000,00036,053,000,00058,390,000,00033,450,000,00030,716,000,00023,612,000,000

Ratios

ROE and ROA use period-end equity/assets. Liabilities / equity uses total liabilities divided by stockholders' equity. Current ratio uses current assets divided by current liabilities when both are reported.

Metric2016201720182019202020212022202320242025
Net margin3.91%8.07%7.18%5.41%-12.36%8.07%13.47%10.45%9.63%8.68%
Return on equity4.69%10.50%10.87%7.48%-14.28%13.67%28.58%17.58%12.77%11.12%
Return on assets2.37%5.65%6.02%3.95%-6.74%6.80%15.10%9.57%7.43%6.42%
Liabilities / equity0.940.820.770.851.070.970.850.800.690.70
Current ratio0.870.820.840.780.801.041.411.481.311.15

Financial Charts

Quarterly

Quarterly standardized facts from SEC companyfacts as of latest extracted filing date 2026-05-04. Source: https://data.sec.gov/api/xbrl/companyfacts/CIK0000034088.json.

Flow metrics use discrete quarter-length periods from 10-Q/10-Q/A filings. Q4 revenue and net income are derived only when annual FY and nine-month YTD facts exist for the same fiscal year; derived Q4 values are labeled. EPS Q4 is not derived.

QuarterEnd DateRevenueNet IncomeDiluted EPSMethod
2022-Q22022-06-304.21reported discrete quarter
2022-Q32022-09-304.68reported discrete quarter
2023-Q12023-03-312.79reported discrete quarter
2023-Q22023-06-3082,914,000,0007,880,000,0001.94reported discrete quarter
2023-Q32023-09-3090,760,000,0009,070,000,0002.25reported discrete quarter
2023-Q42023-12-3184,344,000,0007,630,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2024-Q12024-03-3183,083,000,0008,220,000,0002.06reported discrete quarter
2024-Q22024-06-3093,060,000,0009,240,000,0002.14reported discrete quarter
2024-Q32024-09-3090,016,000,0008,610,000,0001.92reported discrete quarter
2024-Q42024-12-3183,426,000,0007,610,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2025-Q12025-03-3183,130,000,0007,713,000,0001.76reported discrete quarter
2025-Q22025-06-3081,506,000,0007,082,000,0001.64reported discrete quarter
2025-Q32025-09-3085,294,000,0007,548,000,0001.76reported discrete quarter
2025-Q42025-12-3182,308,000,0006,501,000,000derived Q4 = FY annual - nine-month YTD
2026-Q12026-03-3185,138,000,0004,183,000,0001.00reported discrete quarter

Quarterly Charts

Macro Cross-References

Latest quarter (10-Q)

Latest 10-Q source: 0000034088-26-000067.

Extracted structurally from real Item 2 body heading to real Item 3/4 boundary. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-05-04. Report date: 2026-03-31.

ITEM 2. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements related to future events; projections; descriptions of strategic, operating, and financial plans and objectives;

statements of future ambitions and plans; future earnings power; potential addressable markets; and other statements of future

events or conditions are forward-looking statements. Similarly, discussion of future plans related to carbon capture,

transportation and storage, lower-emission fuels, hydrogen and ammonia, direct air capture, ProxximaTM systems, carbon

materials, lithium, low-carbon data centers, and other future plans to reduce emissions and emission intensity of ExxonMobil,

its affiliates, and third parties are dependent on future market factors, such as continued technological progress, stable policy

support and timely rule-making and permitting, and represent forward-looking statements.

Actual future results, including financial and operating performance; potential earnings, cash flow, dividends or shareholder

returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; total capital expenditures and mix, including allocations of

capital to low carbon and other new investments; realization and maintenance of structural cost reductions and efficiency gains,

including the ability to offset inflationary pressure; plans to reduce future emissions and emissions intensity, including

ambitions to reach Scope 1 and Scope 2 net zero from operated assets by 2050, to reach Scope 1 and 2 net zero in integrated

Upstream Permian Basin unconventional operated assets by 2035, to eliminate routine flaring in-line with World Bank Zero

Routine Flaring, to reach near-zero methane emissions from operated assets and other methane initiatives; and to meet

ExxonMobil’s emission reduction plans and goals, divestment and start-up plans, and associated project plans as well as

technology advances, including the timing and outcome of projects to capture, transport and store CO2, produce hydrogen and

ammonia, produce lower-emission fuels, produce ProxximaTM systems, produce carbon materials, produce lithium, and use

plastic waste as feedstock for advanced recycling; future debt levels and credit ratings; business and project plans, timing, costs,

capacities and profitability; resource recoveries and production rates; and planned Denbury and Pioneer integrated benefits,

could differ materially due to a number of factors.

These include global or regional changes or imbalances in the supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petrochemicals, and

feedstocks and other market factors; economic conditions and seasonal fluctuations that impact prices, differentials, margins,

and volume/mix for our products; developments or changes in local, national, or international laws, regulations, taxes, trade

sanctions, trade tariffs, or policies affecting our business, such as government policies supporting lower carbon and new market

investment opportunities, the punitive European taxes on the oil and gas sector and unequal support for different technological

methods of emissions reduction or evolving, ambiguous and unharmonized voluntary or mandatory standards or extraterritorial

laws and regulations imposed by various jurisdictions related to sustainability and greenhouse gas reporting; timely granting of

governmental permits, licenses, and certifications; uncertain impacts of deregulation on the legal and regulatory environment;

price impacts and the broader government responses to inflationary pressures; changes in interest and exchange rates; variable

impacts of trading activities and derivative positions, including timing effects, on our margins and results each quarter; actions

of co-venturers or partners, competitors and commercial counterparties, including suppliers and customers; government actions

in pursuit of national energy and security policies and priorities affecting our business; the outcome of commercial negotiations,

including final agreed terms and conditions; the outcome of competitive bidding and project awards; the ability to access debt

markets on favorable terms or at all; the occurrence, pace, rate of recovery and effects of public health crises; adoption of

regulatory incentives consistent with law; reservoir performance and optimization, including variability and timing factors

applicable to unconventional resources, the success of new unconventional technologies, and the ability of new technologies to

improve recovery relative to competitors; the level, outcome, and timing of exploration and development projects and decisions

to invest in future reserves and resources; timely completion of construction projects and commencement of start-up operations,

including reliance on third-party suppliers and service providers; final management approval of future projects and any changes

in the scope, terms, costs or assumptions of such projects as approved; the actions of governments, non-governmental

organizations, or other actors against our core business activities and acquisitions, divestitures or financing opportunities; war,

civil unrest, armed hostilities, attacks against the company or industry, and other geopolitical or security disturbances, including

disruption of land or sea transportation routes or distribution or shipping channels; decoupling of economies; disruption,

realignment, or breaking of current or historical trade or military alliances or global trade and supply chain networks; escalating

geopolitical volatility, including regime changes; expropriations, seizure, or capacity, insurance, shipping, import or export

limitations imposed directly or indirectly by governments or laws; opportunities for potential acquisitions, investments or

divestments and satisfaction of applicable conditions to closing, including timely regulatory approvals; the capture of

efficiencies within and between business lines and the ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies

without impairing our competitive positioning; unforeseen technical or operating disruptions or difficulties and unplanned

maintenance; the development and competitiveness of alternative energy and emission reduction technologies; consumer

preferences including willingness and ability to pay for reduced emission products; the results of research programs and the

16

Table of Contents

ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a cost-competitive basis; and other factors discussed under "Item 1A.

Risk Factors" of ExxonMobil’s 2025 Form 10-K.

Forward-looking and other statements regarding environmental and other sustainability efforts and aspirations are not an

indication that these statements are material to investors or require disclosure in our filing with the SEC or any other regulatory

authority. In addition, historical, current, and forward-looking environmental and other sustainability-related statements may be

based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and

assumptions that are subject to change in the future, including future rule-making.

Actions needed to advance ExxonMobil’s 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reductions plans are incorporated into its medium

term business plans, which are updated annually. The reference case for planning beyond 2030 is based on ExxonMobil’s

Global Outlook (Outlook) research and publication. The Outlook is reflective of the existing global policy environment and an

assumption of increasing policy stringency and technology improvement to 2050. Current trends for policy stringency and

development of lower-emission solutions are not yet on a pathway to achieve net-zero by 2050. As such, the Outlook does not

project the degree of required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or ExxonMobil, to

meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and

ExxonMobil’s business plans will be updated accordingly. References to projects or opportunities may not reflect investment

decisions made by ExxonMobil or its affiliates. Individual projects or opportunities may advance based on a number of factors,

including availability of stable and supportive policy, permitting, technological advancement for cost-effective abatement,

insights from the Corporate planning process, and alignment with our partners and other stakeholders. Capital investment

guidance in lower-emission investments is based on our Corporate plan; however, actual investment levels will be subject to the

availability of the opportunity set and public policy support, and focused on returns.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same

meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

17

Table of Contents

Overview

Supply disruptions driven by geopolitical events in the Middle East impacted market conditions during the first quarter of 2026.

March experienced the largest ever monthly gain in oil prices driven by reduced global oil supply. Despite a sharp increase in

March, first quarter 2026 average crude oil prices increased slightly relative to fourth quarter 2025, remaining in the middle of

the 10-year historical range (2010-2019). Significant LNG supply decline in March resulted in higher prices in Europe and

Asia, driving natural gas prices above the 10-year average. Feedstock shortages resulted in lower refinery runs in the Middle

East and Asia with global industry refining margins remaining above the 10-year historical range. Chemical margins remained

at bottom of cycle, well below the 10-year range, because of higher feedstock costs, particularly in Asia.

During 2025, the U.S. and other countries implemented and adjusted a variety of trade-related measures, including tariffs on

certain imports. Based on the Corporation’s assessment of these actions and their effects to date, we do not expect them to have

a material impact on the Corporation's consolidated financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

Selected Earnings Driver Definitions

The earnings drivers provide additional visibility into our business results. The Corporation evaluates these drivers periodically

to determine if any enhancements may provide helpful insights to the market. Listed below are descriptions of the earnings

drivers:

Advantaged Volume Growth. Represents earnings impacts from change in volume/mix from advantaged assets, advantaged

projects, and high-value products.

•Advantaged Assets (Advantaged growth projects). Includes Permian, Guyana, and LNG.

•Advantaged Projects. Includes capital projects and programs of work that contribute to Energy, Chemical, and/or

Specialty Products segments that drive integration of segments/businesses, increase yield of higher value products, or

deliver higher than average returns.

•High-Value Products. Includes performance products and lower-emission fuels. Performance products (performance

chemicals, performance lubricants) refers to products that provide differentiated performance for multiple applications

through enhanced properties versus commodity alternatives and bring significant additional value to customers and

end-users. Lower-emission fuels refers to fuels with lower life cycle emissions than conventional transportation fuels

for gasoline, diesel and jet transport.

Base Volume. Represents all volume/mix drivers not included in Advantaged Volume Growth defined above.

Structural Cost Savings. Represents after-tax earnings effects of Structural Cost Savings as defined on page 19, including cash

operating expenses related to divestments.

Expenses. Represent

[Excerpt truncated for page length; source filing is linked above.]

Latest 10-K MD&A

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2026-02-18. Report date: 2025-12-31.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements related to future events; projections; descriptions of strategic, operating, and financial plans and objectives; statements of future ambitions and plans; future earnings power; potential addressable markets; and other statements of future events or conditions are forward-looking statements. Similarly, discussion of roadmaps or future plans related to carbon capture, transportation and storage, hydrogen and ammonia, lower-emission fuels, direct air capture, ProxximaTM resin systems, carbon materials, low-carbon data centers, lithium, and other future plans to reduce emissions and emissions intensity of ExxonMobil, its affiliates, and third parties are dependent on future market factors, such as continued technological progress, stable policy support, and timely rule-making and permitting, and represent forward-looking statements.

Actual future results, including financial and operating performance; potential earnings, cash flow, dividends or shareholder returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; total capital expenditures and mix, including allocations of capital to low-carbon and other new investments; realization and maintenance of structural cost reductions and efficiency gains, including the ability to offset inflationary pressure; plans to reduce future emissions and emissions intensity, including ambitions to reach Scope 1 and Scope 2 net zero from operated assets by 2050, to reach Scope 1 and 2 net zero in integrated Upstream Permian Basin unconventional operated assets by 2035, to eliminate routine flaring in-line with World Bank Zero Routine Flaring, to reach near-zero methane emissions from operated assets and other methane initiatives, and to meet ExxonMobil’s emission reduction plans and goals, divestment and start-up plans, and associated project plans as well as technology advances, including the timing and outcome of projects to capture, transport and store CO2, produce hydrogen and ammonia, produce lower-emission fuels, produce ProxximaTM resin systems, produce carbon materials, produce lithium, and use plastic waste as feedstock for advanced recycling; future debt levels and credit ratings; business and project plans, timing, costs, capacities and profitability; resource recoveries and production rates; and planned Denbury and Pioneer integrated benefits, could differ materially due to a number of factors.

These include global or regional changes or imbalances in the supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petrochemicals, and feedstocks and other market factors; economic conditions and seasonal fluctuations that impact prices, differentials, and volume/mix for our products; developments or changes in local, national, or international laws, regulations, taxes, trade sanctions, trade tariffs, or policies affecting our business, such as government policies supporting lower-carbon and new market investment opportunities, the punitive European taxes on the oil and gas sector and unequal support for different technological methods of emissions reduction or evolving, ambiguous, and unharmonized voluntary and mandatory standards or extraterritorial laws and regulations imposed by various jurisdictions related to sustainability and greenhouse gas reporting; timely granting of governmental permits, licenses, and certifications; uncertain impacts of deregulation on the legal and regulatory environment; changes in interest and exchange rates; variable impacts of trading activities on our margins and results each quarter; actions of co-venturers or partners, competitors, and commercial counterparties, including suppliers and customers; government actions in pursuit of national energy and security policies and priorities affecting our business; the outcome of commercial negotiations, including final agreed terms and conditions; the outcome of competitive bidding and project awards; the ability to access debt markets on favorable terms or at all; the occurrence, pace, rate of recovery and effects of public health crises; adoption of regulatory incentives consistent with law; reservoir performance and optimization, including variability and timing factors applicable to unconventional resources, the success of new unconventional technologies, and the ability of new technologies to improve recovery relative to competitors; the level, outcome, and timing of exploration and development projects and decisions to invest in future reserves and resources; timely completion of construction projects and commencement of start-up operations, including reliance on third-party suppliers and service providers; final management approval of future projects and any changes in the scope, terms, costs, or assumptions of such projects as approved; the actions of governments, non-governmental organizations, or other actors against our core business activities and acquisitions, divestitures or financing opportunities; war, civil unrest, armed hostilities, attacks against the Company or industry, and other geopolitical or security disturbances, including disruption of land or sea transportation routes or distribution or shipping channels; decoupling of economies, disruption, realignment, or breaking of current or historical trade or military alliances or global trade or supply chain networks; escalating geopolitical volatility, including regime changes; expropriations, seizures, or capacity, insurance, shipping, import or export limitations imposed directly or indirectly by governments or laws; opportunities for potential acquisitions, investments or divestments and satisfaction of applicable conditions to closing, including timely regulatory approvals; the capture of efficiencies within and between business lines and the ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies without impairing our competitive positioning; unforeseen technical or operating disruptions or difficulties and unplanned maintenance; the development and competitiveness of alternative energy and emission reduction technologies; consumer preferences including willingness and ability to pay for reduced emission products; the results of research programs and the ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a cost-competitive basis; and other factors discussed under Item 1A.

Forward-looking and other statements regarding environmental and other sustainability efforts and aspirations are not an indication that these statements are material to investors or require disclosure in our filing with the SEC or any other regulatory authority. In addition, historical, current, and forward-looking environmental and other sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change in the future, including future rule-making.

36

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy demand models are forward-looking by nature and aim to replicate system dynamics of the global energy system, requiring simplifications. The reference to any scenario in this report, including any potential net-zero scenarios, does not imply ExxonMobil views any particular scenario as likely to occur. In addition, energy demand scenarios require assumptions on a variety of parameters. As such, the outcome of any given scenario using an energy demand model comes with a high degree of uncertainty. Third-party scenarios discussed in this report reflect the modeling assumptions and outputs of their respective authors, not ExxonMobil, and their use by ExxonMobil is not an endorsement by ExxonMobil of their underlying assumptions, likelihood, or probability. Investment decisions are made on the basis of ExxonMobil’s separate planning process. Any use of the modeling of a third-party organization within this report does not constitute or imply an endorsement by ExxonMobil of any or all of the positions or activities of such organization.

Actions needed to advance ExxonMobil’s 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reductions plans are incorporated into its medium-term business plans, which are updated annually. The reference case for planning beyond 2030 is based on ExxonMobil’s Global Outlook (Outlook) research and publication. The Outlook is reflective of the existing global policy environment and an assumption of increasing policy stringency and technology improvement to 2050. Current trends for policy stringency and development of lower-emission solutions are not yet on a pathway to achieve net-zero by 2050. As such, the Outlook does not project the degree of required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or ExxonMobil, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and ExxonMobil’s business plans will be updated accordingly. References to projects or opportunities may not reflect investment decisions made by ExxonMobil or its affiliates. Individual projects or opportunities may advance based on a number of factors, including availability of stable and supportive policy, permitting, technological advancement for cost-effective abatement, insights from the Corporate planning process, and alignment with our partners and other stakeholders. Capital investment guidance in lower-emission investments is based on our Corporate Plan; however, actual investment levels will be subject to the availability of the opportunity set, public policy support, and focused on returns.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

OVERVIEW

The following discussion and analysis of ExxonMobil’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of the management of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission and other new business opportunities, including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen and ammonia, lower-emission fuels, ProxximaTM resin systems, carbon materials, low-carbon data centers, and lithium. ExxonMobil's reportable segments are Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Where applicable, ExxonMobil voluntarily discloses additional U.S., non-U.S., and regional splits to help investors better understand the Company's operations.

The Company is organized along three businesses – Upstream, Product Solutions, and Low Carbon Solutions, aligning along market-focused value chains. Product Solutions consists of Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Low Carbon Solutions is included in Corporate and Financing as the business continues to mature through commercialization and deployment of technology. The businesses are supported by centralized service-delivery groups, including Global Projects, Technology and Engineering, Global Operations, Sustainability, Global Trading, Supply Chain, and Global Business Solutions.

ExxonMobil, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach, and technology portfolio, is well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new supplies of reliable and affordable lower-emission energy and other critical products. The Company’s integrated business model, with significant investments in the Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products segments and Low Carbon Solutions businesses, generally reduces the Corporation’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, ExxonMobil’s investment decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in our long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities which target a low cost of supply to ensure long-term competitiveness. The annual Corporate Plan process establishes the economic assumptions used for evaluating investments and sets operating and capital objectives. The Global Outlook (Outlook), developed annually, is the foundation for the Corporate Plan assumptions. Price ranges for crude oil and natural gas, including price differentials, refinery and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emissions pricing, and foreign currency exchange rates are part of the Corporate Plan assumptions developed annually. Corporate Plan volume projections are based on individual field production profiles, which are also updated at least annually. Major investment opportunities are evaluated over a range of potential market conditions. All major investments are reappraised to ensure we learn from our decisions, and the development and execution of the project. Lessons learned are incorporated in future projects.

37

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Long-Term Business Outlook

ExxonMobil’s business planning is underpinned by a deep understanding of long-term market fundamentals. These fundamentals include supply and demand trends; the scale and variety of energy needs worldwide; capability, practicality, and affordability of energy alternatives, including lower-carbon solutions; greenhouse gas emission-reduction technologies; and relevant government policies. The Outlook considers these fundamentals to form the basis for the Company’s long-term business planning, investment decisions, and research programs. The Outlook reflects the Company’s view of global energy demand and supply through 2050. It is a projection based on current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic development.

In addition, ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios, including remote scenarios, to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. Included in the range of these scenarios are the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Likely Below 2°C scenarios and three scenarios from the International Energy Agency (IEA): IEA Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS; 2025 World Energy Outlook (WEO)), which reflects a sector-by-sector assessment of current policy in place and those announced by governments; IEA Announced Pledges Scenario (APS; 2024 WEO), which reflects aspirational government targets met on time and in full; and IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario (NZE; 2025 WEO), which the IEA describes as highly ambitious and challenging, acknowledging that society is not currently on the IEA NZE pathway. No single transition pathway can be reasonably predicted, given the wide range of uncertainties. Key unknowns include yet-to-be-developed or changes in developed government policies, market conditions, and advances in technology that may influence the cost, pace, and potential availability of certain pathways. Scenarios that employ a full complement of technology options are likely to provide the most economically efficient pathways.

Using our own experts and third-party sources, we monitor a variety of signposts that may indicate a potential shift in the energy transition. For example, the regional pace of the transition could be influenced by the cost of new technologies compared to existing or alternative energy sources. To effectively evaluate the pace of change, ExxonMobil uses many scenarios to help identify signposts that provide leading indicators of future developments and allow for timely adjustments to future versions of the Outlook.

Column 1Column 2
Developing countries projected to drive energy demand growthPrimary energy - Quadrillion Btu Source: ExxonMobil 2025 Global OutlookBy 2050, the world’s population is projected to be around 9.7 billion people, or nearly 2 billion more than in 2024. Coincident with this population increase, the Outlook projects worldwide economic growth to average approximately 2.5 percent per year, with economic output nearly doubling by 2050 compared to 2024. As economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by over 10 percent from 2024 to 2050. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)). By contrast, energy use in developed nations is expected to decline by more than 10 percent as efficiency improves.As expanding prosperity drives global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy-efficient technologies and practices as well as lower-emission products will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption and CO2 emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key aspects of the world’s economy through 2050, affecting energy requirements for power generation, transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs.

Under our Outlook, global electricity demand is expected to increase more than 70 percent from 2024 to 2050, with developing countries likely to account for approximately 80 percent of the increase. Consistent with this projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal-fired generation is expected to decline substantially to approximately 15 percent of the world’s electricity in 2050, versus approximately 35 percent in 2024, in part due to policies to improve air quality as well as reduce greenhouse gas emissions to address risks related to climate change. From 2024 to 2050, the amount of electricity supplied using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is expected to more than double, accounting for the entire growth in electricity supplies and offsetting the reduction of coal. Electricity from wind and solar is expected to increase nearly 400 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, e.g., hydropower) to account for approximately 90 percent of the increase in electricity supplies through 2050. Total renewables are expected to reach over 50 percent of global electricity supplies by 2050. Natural gas and nuclear are expected to be about 20 percent and 10 percent, respectively, of global electricity supplies by 2050. Supplies of electricity by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions reflecting a wide range of factors, including the cost and availability of various energy supplies and policy developments.

38

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy for transportation - including cars, trucks, ships, trains, and airplanes - is expected to increase by nearly 25 percent from 2024 to 2050. Transportation energy demand is expected to account for over 50 percent of the growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Light-duty vehicle demand for liquid fuels is projected to have peaked this decade, and then decline to levels seen in the early-2010s by 2050, as the impact of better fuel economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset growth in the worldwide car fleet of about 60 percent. By 2050, light-duty vehicles are expected to account for around 20 percent of global liquid fuels demand. During the same time period, nearly all the world’s commercial transportation fleets are expected to continue to run on liquid fuels, including biofuels, which are expected to be widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small volumes.

Almost half of the world’s energy use is dedicated to industrial activity. As the global middle class continues to grow, demand for durable products, appliances, and consumable goods will increase. Industry uses energy products both as a fuel and as a feedstock for chemicals, asphalt, lubricants, waxes, and other specialty products. The Outlook anticipates technology advances, as well as the increasing shift toward cleaner forms of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, with coal declining. Demand for oil will continue to grow as a feedstock for industry.

As populations grow and prosperity rises, more energy will be needed to power homes, offices, schools, shopping centers, hospitals, et cetera Combined residential and commercial energy demand is projected to rise by around 15 percent through 2050. Led by the growing economies of developing nations, average worldwide household electricity use is expected to rise more than 60 percent between 2024 and 2050.

Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today reflecting broad-based availability, affordability, ease of transportation, and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2050, global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to nearly 115 million oil-equivalent barrels per day, an increase of about 10 percent from 2024. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to increase to about 70 percent by 2050, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is expected to decline by more than 25 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from conventional sources; these supplies will remain important, and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of supply sources - including tight oil, deepwater, oil sands, natural gas liquids, and biofuels - are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. Timely investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies.

Natural gas is a lower-emission, versatile, and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications. Global natural gas demand is expected to rise nearly 20 percent from 2024 to 2050, with approximately 70 percent of that increase coming from the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas - the natural gas found in shale and other tight rock formations - will help meet these needs. In total, over 40 percent of the growth in natural gas supplies is expected to come from unconventional sources. At the same time, conventionally-produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting around two-thirds of worldwide demand in 2050. LNG trade will expand significantly, meeting about 75 percent of the increase in global demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising demand in the Asia Pacific region.

39

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Oil and natural gas projected to play a critical role in the global energy mix

Column 1Column 2
Primary energy - Quadrillion BtuPercent of primary energy
Source: ExxonMobil 2025 Global OutlookSource: ExxonMobil 2025 Global Outlook
* Electricity and hydrogen are secondary energies derived from the primary energies shown.
**Includes biomass, biofuels, hydropower, and geothermal.

The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2050. Oil is expected to continue as the largest source of energy with its share remaining close to 30 percent in 2050. Coal and natural gas are the next largest sources of energy today, with the share of natural gas growing to more than 25 percent by 2050, while the share of coal falls to about half that of natural gas. Nuclear power is projected to grow, as many nations are likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs as well as energy security and environmental issues. Total renewable energy is expected to exceed 20 percent of global energy by 2050, with other renewables (e.g., biomass, hydropower, geothermal) contributing a combined share of more than 10 percent. Total energy supplied from wind and solar is expected to increase rapidly, growing nearly 350 percent from 2024 to 2050, when they are projected to be greater than 10 percent of the world energy mix.

Decarbonization of industrial activities will require a suite of lower-carbon technologies supported by stable policies. Lower-emission fuels, hydrogen-based fuels, and carbon capture and storage are three key lower-carbon solutions needed to support a lower-emission future, in addition to wind and solar. Along with electrification, lower-emission fuels are expected to play an important role in decarbonization of the transportation sector, particularly in hard-to-decarbonize areas, such as aviation. Hydrogen will be a key enabler replacing traditional furnace fuel to decarbonize the industrial sector. Hydrogen and hydrogen-based fuels like ammonia are also expected to make inroads into commercial transportation as technology improves to lower its cost and policy develops to support the needed infrastructure development. Carbon capture and storage on its own, or in combination with hydrogen production, is among the few proven technologies that could enable CO2 emission reductions from high-emitting and hard-to-decarbonize sectors such as power generation and heavy industries, including manufacturing, refining, and petrochemicals.

40

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Significant oil and natural gas investment needed to meet projected global demand

Projected global oil supply and demandProjected global natural gas supply and demand
Million barrels per dayBillion cubic feet per day
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Excludes biofuels; IEA STEPS and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2025; IEA APS Source: IEA WEO 2024; Global Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2025 Global Outlook; IPCC Likely Below 2°C Average Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3:311 "Likely below 2°C" scenarios used; decline rates based on 10-yr Compound Annual Grown Rate (CAGR)Excludes flaring; IEA STEPS and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2025; IEA APS Source: IEA WEO 2024; Global Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2025 Global Outlook; IPCC Likely Below 2°C Average Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 "Likely below 2°C" scenarios used; decline rates based on 10-yr CAGR

Our Outlook projects that oil demand will remain above 100 million barrels per day to 2050. Even under the average of IPCC Likely Below 2°C scenarios, oil demand still comes to 65 million barrels per day in 2050 – about two thirds of current consumption.

Our Outlook shows oil production declines at a rate of about 15 percent per year. At that rate, in the absence of continued investment, by 2030 oil supplies would fall from 100 million barrels per day to less than 30 million barrels, more than 70 million barrels per day short of what is needed to meet demand. Limiting investment to only existing fields would slow the decline to about 4 percent; however, this would still be well below the oil demand in the average of IPCC Likely Below 2°C scenarios.

To meet projected demand, the Corporation anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will grow, not only from new discoveries, but also from increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 2050 will be significant and would be needed to meet even rapidly declining demand for oil and gas envisioned in aggressive decarbonization scenarios.

International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. For many years, the Corporation has taken into account policies established to reduce energy-related greenhouse gas emissions in its long-term Outlook. The climate accord reached at the 2015 Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. Our Outlook reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and seeks to identify potential impacts of these climate-related government policies, which often target specific sectors. For purposes of the Outlook, a proxy cost on energy-related CO2 emissions is assumed, based on regional considerations and relative levels of economic development, and by 2050, reaches up to $150 per metric ton for OECD nations and up to $100 per metric ton for non-OECD nations. As people and nations look for ways to reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the affordability or reliability of the energy they need. The Corporation continues to monitor the updates to the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) that are submitted by nations that are signatories to the Paris Agreement, as well as other policy developments in light of net-zero ambitions formulated by some nations.

The information provided in the Outlook includes ExxonMobil’s internal estimates and projections based upon internal data and analyses as well as publicly available information from external sources including the International Energy Agency.

41

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Progress Reducing Emissions

The Corporation’s strategy seeks to maximize the advantages of our scale, business integration, leading technology, execution excellence, and our people to build globally competitive businesses that lead industry in earnings and cash flow growth across a range of future scenarios. We strive to play a leading role, regardless of how an energy transition unfolds. Across our portfolio of opportunities, we retain investment flexibility to maximize shareholder value. In 2022, we announced our ambition to achieve net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions in our operated assets by 2050, with advancements in technology and clear, consistent, stable, and effective government policies. Society's progress continues to lag in these areas. Without supportive policies and the innovations they drive, net zero 2050 will remain out of reach — for society and ExxonMobil. Our net-zero ambition is backed by a comprehensive approach centered on detailed emission-reduction roadmaps for our major operated assets that were completed in 2022. The roadmaps build on the Company’s 2030 emission-intensity reduction plans. We continue to update the roadmaps, including to account for portfolio changes, to reflect technology and policy, and to account for the many potential pathways and pace of an energy transition. Our plans include reaching net-zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions in our integrated Permian Basin operated assets by 2035, including Pioneer assets acquired in 2024. By 2030, we plan to reduce emissions in our combined Permian operations by more than the equivalent of achieving net-zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions in our operated heritage ExxonMobil assets.

Compared to 2016 levels, our 2030 plans are expected to drive the following reductions:

•20-30 percent reduction in corporate-wide greenhouse gas intensity;

•70-80 percent reduction in corporate-wide methane intensity;

•40-50 percent reduction in upstream greenhouse gas intensity; and

•60-70 percent reduction in corporate-wide flaring intensity.

As of year-end 2025, we are exceeding our 2030 plans across the portfolio, having already achieved our plans for reducing Corporate greenhouse gas and flaring intensity. We expect to reach the plan for methane intensity reductions later this year.

Our emission-reduction plans and 2050 net-zero ambition cover Scope 1 and 2 emissions from assets we operate.

The Corporation plans to continue to pursue advantaged growth opportunities and lower-emission investments. These investments are targeted at reducing emissions in the Company’s operations as well as reducing the emissions of other companies. At this early stage, stable and supportive policy remains critical to enable emissions reductions, advance technology, and drive scale to improve costs.

ExxonMobil’s Low Carbon Solutions business is working with the Product Solutions and Upstream businesses to grow a pipeline of emission-reduction opportunities in carbon capture and storage, hydrogen and ammonia, lower-emission fuels, ProxximaTM resin systems, carbon materials, and low-carbon data centers, as well as lithium to supply the global battery and electric vehicle markets. Our customers, many governments, and strategic partners recognize our combination of experience, skills, and capabilities that have the potential to help reduce emissions for ourselves and others. For example, on the U.S. Gulf Coast, we see an opportunity to grow a carbon capture and storage business that will enable industrial customers to reduce their emissions. Stable policy support, along with technology advancements and the development of market-driven mechanisms, will continue to be important to the development and deployment of lower-emission solutions.

42

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Recent Business Environment

During 2025, the price of crude oil remained near the middle of the pre-COVID 10-year range (2010-2019) as global markets remained broadly balanced. Record crude demand was met by increasing industry supply, resulting in modestly lower prices. Natural gas prices rose to the top end of the 10-year range due to robust demand. Industry refining margins improved in 2025, supported by record full-year demand and an increase in supply disruptions driving higher margins. Despite record demand, global oversupply resulted in Chemical margins remaining at bottom-of-cycle.

During 2025, the U.S. announced a variety of trade-related actions, including the imposition of tariffs on imports from several countries. In response, many countries announced their own retaliatory tariffs. Despite the current uncertainty as to what effects these actions will ultimately have on the Corporation, our suppliers and our customers, as well as on the overall macroeconomic environment, we do not anticipate any material near-term financial impacts.

The Corporation closely monitors market trends and works to mitigate both operating and capital cost impacts in all price environments. Strategic changes implemented over the past several years enabled the Corporation to capture $15.1 billion of structural cost savings(1) versus 2019, including $3 billion of savings during 2025, through increased operational efficiencies, workforce reductions, divestment-related reductions, and other cost-saving measures. The Company sees additional opportunities in areas such as centralization of activities, system implementations, continued improvement of maintenance and turnarounds, and simplified business processes. These savings are key drivers to reduce our structural costs by $20 billion between 2019 and 2030, thereby improving the earnings power of the Corporation.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of structural cost savings.

Transportation of Kazakhstan Production

The Corporation holds a 25 percent interest in Tengizchevroil, LLP (TCO), which operates the Tengiz and Korolev oil fields in Kazakhstan, and a 16.8 percent working interest in the Kashagan field in Kazakhstan. Oil production from those operations is exported primarily through the Caspian Pipeline Consortium (CPC), in which the Corporation holds a 7.5 percent interest. CPC traverses parts of Kazakhstan and Russia to tanker-loading facilities on the Russian coast of the Black Sea. In the event geopolitical issues escalate in the region, including ongoing military conflict, it is possible that the transportation of Kazakhstan oil through the CPC pipeline could be disrupted, curtailed, temporarily suspended, or otherwise restricted. In such a case, the Corporation could experience a loss of cash flows of uncertain duration from its operations in Kazakhstan. For reference, after-tax earnings related to the Corporation’s interests in Kazakhstan in 2025 were approximately $1.1 billion, and its share of combined oil and gas production was approximately 320 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.

43

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS RESULTS

Upstream

ExxonMobil has a diverse growth portfolio of exploration and development opportunities, which allows the Corporation to be selective in our investments, maximizing shareholder value, and mitigating political and technical risks. ExxonMobil’s competitive strengths enable the Upstream’s business strategy, which is focused on developing an industry-leading portfolio underpinned by advantaged growth projects, applying ExxonMobil’s technology to enhance value and improve development efficiency, and leveraging the unique capabilities of the Company's Global Projects organization to deliver projects on time and in line with budgets.

The Upstream capital program is focused on low cost-of-supply opportunities. ExxonMobil has a strong pipeline of development projects, including continued growth in Guyana and the Permian Basin, as well as LNG expansion opportunities in Qatar, Mozambique, Papua New Guinea, and the United States. In 2025, Upstream production averaged 4.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day (Moebd), our highest production in over 40 years. As future development projects and drilling activities bring new production online, the Corporation expects a shift in the geographic mix and in the type of opportunities from which volumes are produced. Based on the current investment plans, the proportion of oil-equivalent production from the Americas is generally expected to increase over the next several years. Currently about two thirds of the Corporation's global production comes from Permian, Guyana, and LNG resources. This proportion is generally expected to grow.

The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes typically vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups, operational outages, reservoir performance, regulatory changes, the impact of fiscal and commercial terms, asset sales, weather events, price effects on production sharing contracts, changes in the amount and timing of capital investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment, international trade patterns and relations, and other factors described in Item 1A.

In 2025, crude prices remained within the 10-year historical range (2010-2019), while robust demand helped to move natural gas price above the top of the 10-year range. ExxonMobil believes prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand side largely being a function of general economic activities, levels of prosperity, technology advances, consumer preference, and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be significantly impacted by political events, the actions of OPEC or OPEC+ and other large government resource owners, alternative energy sources, and other factors.

Key Recent Events

Guyana: Liza Destiny, Liza Unity and Prosperity floating production, storage and offloading (FPSO) vessels continued to produce above investment basis capacity in 2025. Yellowtail entered service in August and progressed to ramp up throughout the fourth quarter achieving an average gross production of 240 kbd. The combined gross production from the four operating vessels exceeded 870 kbd in the fourth quarter of 2025. With start-up of a fourth vessel, Guyana achieved record annual production in 2025 of 715 kbd. Uaru, and Whiptail, the fifth and sixth developments on the Stabroek Block, respectively, are progressing on schedule and each has an investment basis capacity of approximately 250 kbd. In September 2025, ExxonMobil made a final investment decision for the Hammerhead development, after receiving the required regulatory approvals from the government of Guyana; Hammerhead is anticipated to come online in 2029. We anticipate eight FPSO vessels will be in operation on the Stabroek Block by year-end 2030.

Permian: ExxonMobil delivered strong and efficient growth in Permian production volumes in 2025. Total production volumes averaged a record 1.6 Moebd in 2025, approximately 0.4 Moebd higher than the previous year. ExxonMobil operations continue to deliver industry-leading capital efficiency and cost performance by leveraging scale, integration, and technology. Examples include deploying ExxonMobil cube design and proprietary lightweight proppant as well as leading capabilities and technology in drilling and completions. ExxonMobil expects to increase production in the Permian Basin to approximately 2.5 Moebd by 2030. ExxonMobil remains on track to achieve Scope 1 and 2 net zero greenhouse gas emissions in the integrated Permian Basin operated assets by 2035.

LNG: ExxonMobil continued work on LNG growth projects in 2025. In Papua New Guinea (PNG), the Papua LNG project has been optimizing the development plan and enhancing project cost competitiveness. Force majeure was lifted in Mozambique, as the Rovuma LNG project continues with the front-end engineering and design stage, in support of a final investment decision in 2026 to develop the Area 4 offshore gas resources. Mechanical completion was achieved for the Golden Pass LNG project, with expected first LNG production in the first quarter of 2026.

44

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202520242023
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States5,0636,4264,202
Non-U.S.16,29118,96417,106
Total21,35425,39021,308
Identified Items (1)
United States(471)(360)(1,489)
Non-U.S.(422)575(812)
Total(893)215(2,301)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States5,5346,7865,691
Non-U.S.16,71318,38917,918
Total22,24725,17523,609
2025 Upstream Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Price – Lower realizations decreased earnings by $6.1 billion, primarily driven by lower crude prices as record demand was more than offset by increased industry supply.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Increased earnings by $1.9 billion, mainly driven by record production in Permian and Guyana.

Base Volume – Decreased earnings by $0.7 billion as a result of non-strategic asset divestments.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $1.4 billion.

Expenses – Decreased earnings by $0.6 billion, primarily higher depreciation from the Tengiz expansion.

Other – Increased earnings by $0.6 billion, mainly driven by favorable tax and foreign exchange impacts.

Timing Effects – Favorable timing effects from derivatives mark-to-market impacts increased earnings by $0.6 billion.

Identified Items (1) – 2024 $0.2 billion gain mainly due to Argentina divestment, partly offset by Nigeria divestment and U.S. impairment; 2025 $(0.9) billion loss mainly due to asset impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

45

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2024 Upstream Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Price – Price impacts decreased earnings by $1.3 billion, driven by lower gas realizations.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged assets increased earnings by $3.8 billion, as a result of record production in Permian, driven by the Pioneer acquisition and growth in the heritage Permian (2), and record production in Guyana driven by the Prosperity FPSO start-up.

Base Volume – Divestments of non-strategic assets and entitlements decreased earnings by $0.8 billion.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.8 billion.

Expenses – Higher expenses decreased earnings by $1.4 billion, primarily from higher depreciation (non-cash).

Other – All other items increased earnings by $0.1 billion, mainly driven by favorable impacts from divestments, partially offset by unfavorable tax and foreign exchange impacts.

Timing Effects – Less unfavorable timing effects from derivatives mark-to-market impacts increased earnings by $0.3 billion.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(2.3) billion loss primarily due to the impairment of the idled Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California; 2024 $0.2 billion gain mainly due to Argentina divestment, partly offset by Nigeria divestment and U.S. impairment.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

(2) Heritage Permian Basin assets exclude assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Pioneer that closed May 3, 2024.

46

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Operational Results

202520242023
Net production of crude oil, natural gas liquids, bitumen and synthetic oil (thousands of barrels daily)
United States1,5221,248803
Canada/Other Americas835784664
Europe334
Africa142209221
Asia800713721
Australia/Oceania253036
Worldwide3,3292,9872,449
Net natural gas production available for sale(millions of cubic feet daily)
United States3,3642,8872,311
Canada/Other Americas2710196
Europe299352414
Africa114152125
Asia3,3543,3223,490
Australia/Oceania1,2831,2641,298
Worldwide8,4428,0787,734
Oil-equivalent production (1)(thousands of oil-equivalent barrels daily)4,7364,3333,738
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.
Upstream Additional Information
(thousands of barrels daily)20252024
Volumes Reconciliation (Oil-equivalent production) (1)
Prior Year4,3333,738
Entitlements - Net Interest(33)(13)
Entitlements - Price / Spend / Other45(23)
Government Mandates(1)9
Divestments(133)(63)
Growth / Other525685
Current Year4,7364,333
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.
2025 versus 20242025 production of 4.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day increased 403 thousand barrels per day from 2024. Permian reached 1.6 million net oil-equivalent barrels per day and Guyana production exceeded 700 thousand gross oil-equivalent barrels per day, more than offsetting impacts from divestments and entitlements. Excluding the impacts from entitlements, divestments, and government-mandated curtailments, net production grew by 525 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.
2024 versus 20232024 production of 4.3 million oil-equivalent barrels per day increased 595 thousand barrels per day from 2023. Permian and Guyana production grew by 680 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day, more than offsetting impacts from divestments and entitlements. Excluding the impacts from entitlements, divestments, and government-mandated curtailments, net production grew by 685 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.

47

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Listed below are descriptions of ExxonMobil’s volumes reconciliation drivers, which are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms.

Entitlements - Net Interest are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes caused by non-operational changes to volume-determining drivers. These drivers consist of net interest changes specified in Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs), which typically occur when cumulative investment returns or production volumes achieve defined thresholds, changes in equity upon achieving pay-out in partner investment carry situations, equity redeterminations as specified in venture agreements, or as a result of the termination or expiry of a concession. Once a net interest change has occurred, it typically will not be reversed by subsequent events, such as lower crude oil prices.

Entitlements - Price, Spend and Other are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes resulting from temporary changes to non-operational volume-determining drivers. These drivers include changes in oil and gas prices or spending levels from one period to another. According to the terms of contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, price or spending variability can increase or decrease royalty burdens and/or volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. For example, at higher prices, fewer barrels are required for ExxonMobil to recover its costs. These effects generally vary from period to period with field spending patterns or market prices for oil and natural gas. Such drivers can also include other temporary changes in net interest as dictated by specific provisions in production agreements.

Government Mandates are changes to ExxonMobil's sustainable production levels as a result of production limits or sanctions imposed by governments.

Divestments are reductions in ExxonMobil’s production arising from commercial arrangements to fully or partially reduce equity in a field or asset in exchange for financial or other economic consideration.

Growth and Other drivers comprise all other operational and non-operational drivers not covered by the above definitions that may affect volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. Such drivers include, but are not limited to, production enhancements from project and work program activities, acquisitions including additions from asset exchanges, downtime, market demand, natural field decline, and any fiscal or commercial terms that do not affect entitlements.

Energy Products

ExxonMobil's Energy Products is one of the largest, most integrated businesses of its kind among international oil companies, with significant representation across the entire fuels value chain, including refining, logistics, trading, and marketing. This segment includes the fuels, aromatics, and NGL value chains, as well as catalysts and licensing.

With the largest refining footprint among international oil companies, ExxonMobil’s Energy Products earnings are closely tied to industry refining margins. Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials and the market prices for the products produced. Crude oil and many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on multiple exchanges around the world (e.g., New York Mercantile Exchange and Intercontinental Exchange). Prices for these commodities are determined by the global marketplace and are influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, industry refinery operations, import/export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather, and geopolitical considerations. While industry refining margins significantly impact Energy Products earnings, strong operational performance, product mix optimization, and disciplined cost control are also critical to strong financial performance.

In 2025, refining margins increased from the prior year on record demand, but remained within the 10-year historical range (2010-2019). Refining margins are expected to remain volatile with changes in global factors, including geopolitical developments; demand growth; recession fears; inventory levels; and refining capacity utilization, additions, and rationalizations.

Key Recent Events

Strathcona Renewable Diesel project: Started up the project at the Strathcona refinery, which is designed to use low-carbon hydrogen, locally-sourced and grown feedstocks, and our proprietary catalyst to produce renewable diesel.

Fawley Hydrofiner project: Started up the project at the Fawley site to increase production of ultra-low sulfur diesel and reduce production of other products, including high-sulfur distillates.

France divestment: In November 2025, ExxonMobil completed the divestments of Esso Société Anonyme Française SA and ExxonMobil Chemical France SAS, including the refinery and related assets.

48

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202520242023
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States2,9922,0996,123
Non-U.S.4,4311,9346,019
Total7,4234,03312,142
Identified Items (1)
United States(118)(34)192
Non-U.S.601113(48)
Total48379144
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States3,1102,1335,931
Non-U.S.3,8301,8216,067
Total6,9403,95411,998
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.
2025 Energy Products Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Increased earnings by $1.8 billion, mainly driven by robust demand and supply disruptions.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged projects growth increased earnings by $0.2 billion.

Base Volume – Higher volumes driven by lower scheduled maintenance increased earnings by $0.4 billion.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.6 billion.

Expenses – Decreased earnings by $0.5 billion, mainly driven by growth projects.

Other – Increased earnings by $0.2 billion mainly from favorable year-end inventory effects.

Timing Effects – Favorable timing effects from derivatives mark-to-market impacts increased earnings by $0.4 billion.

Identified Items (1) – 2024 $0.1 billion gain; 2025 $0.5 billion gain mainly driven by asset sales.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

49

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2024 Energy Products Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Significantly weaker industry refining margins decreased earnings by $6.3 billion. Margins declined from historically high levels as increased supply from industry capacity additions outpaced record global demand.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged projects, increased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Base Volume – Lower base volumes decreased earnings by $1.2 billion driven by scheduled maintenance and divestments.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.6 billion.

Expenses – Higher expenses related to scheduled turnarounds and maintenance, and advantaged project spend decreased earnings by $1.0 billion.

Other – All other items, mainly unfavorable tax and forex impacts, decreased earnings by $0.3 billion.

Timing Effects – Decreased earnings by $10 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $0.1 billion gain driven by favorable tax effects partially offset by additional European taxes on the energy sector; 2024 $0.1 billion gain.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

50

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products Operational Results

(thousands of barrels daily)202520242023
Refinery throughput
United States1,9271,8651,848
Canada402399407
Europe1,0021,0391,166
Asia Pacific460432498
Other188165149
Worldwide3,9793,9004,068
Energy Products sales (1)
United States2,8522,7222,633
Non-U.S.2,7402,6962,828
Worldwide5,5935,4185,461
Gasoline, naphthas2,2902,2512,288
Heating oils, kerosene, diesel1,7911,7691,795
Aviation fuels383355336
Heavy fuels220200214
Other energy products910844829
Worldwide5,5935,4185,461
(1) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

Chemical Products

ExxonMobil is a leading global manufacturer and marketer of petrochemicals that support modern living. Chemical Products help meet society’s essential needs by providing a wide range of innovative products efficiently and responsibly. The Company is uniquely positioned with a combination of industry-leading scale, integration, and proprietary technology, which are fundamental to producing affordable products that are more sustainable, use less material, save energy, and reduce waste. These competitive advantages are underpinned by operational excellence, advantaged investments, and cost discipline. This segment includes olefins, polyolefins, and intermediates.

Over the long term, worldwide demand for chemicals is expected to grow faster than the overall economy, driven by global population growth, an expanding middle class, and improving living standards. Chemical Products integration with refineries, performance product mix, and project execution capability improves returns on investments across a range of market environments.

In 2025, chemical industry margins remained deeply bottom-of-cycle, below the 10-year historical range (2010-2019), as capacity additions have far exceeded demand growth. The Company optimized production across our global footprint to profitably meet customer demand. Our earnings benefited from solid reliability, record high-value products sales, and a large North American footprint where low ethane prices continue to provide a feed advantage.

Key Recent Events

China Chemical Complex: Started up a petrochemical complex in the Dayawan Petrochemical Industrial Park in Huizhou, Guangdong Province, which is a significant step in growing our global manufacturing footprint and is the first 100 percent foreign-owned petrochemical complex built in China. The facility, which focuses on producing our unique high-performance polyethylene and polypropylene products, is equipped with three polyethylene and two polypropylene production lines for a combined capacity of over 2.5 million metric tons per year. This capacity will more efficiently serve China’s large and evolving domestic demand, which is currently being met with imports.

Advanced Recycling: ExxonMobil is combining proprietary technology and advantaged integrated sites to process hard-to-recycle plastic waste back into raw materials to produce valuable new products. In 2025, the Company added two new advanced recycling units to the Baytown facility, tripling capacity at the site, and representing one of the largest advanced recycling facilities in North America. Additional units are being assessed as the Company aims to reach a global recycling capacity of 1 billion pounds per year to help reduce plastic waste.

51

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202520242023
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States9031,6271,626
Non-U.S.(103)95011
Total8002,5771,637
Identified Items (1)
United States(80)(43)32
Non-U.S.(190)(52)(420)
Total(270)(95)(388)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States9831,6701,594
Non-U.S.871,002431
Total1,0702,6722,025
2025 Chemical Products Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Decreased earnings by $1.8 billion, as oversupply resulted in margins at bottom-of-cycle market conditions.

Advantaged Volume Growth – New projects increased earnings by $0.2 billion driven by high-value product sales.

Base Volume – Increased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.2 billion.

Expenses – Higher advantaged project spend, including China Chemical Complex ramp-up, decreased earnings by $0.5 billion.

Other – Increased earnings by $0.2 billion.

Identified Items (1) – 2024 $(0.1) billion loss driven by impairments; 2025 $(0.3) billion loss driven by impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

52

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2024 Chemical Products Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Improved company margins on North American ethane feed advantage and improved product realizations increased earnings by $0.9 billion, despite continued bottom-of-cycle market conditions.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Record high-value product sales increased earnings by $0.4 billion.

Base Volume – Portfolio optimization and product sales mix decreased earnings by $0.3 billion.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.2 billion.

Expenses – Higher advantaged projects spend and inflation effects decreased earnings by $0.5 billion.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(0.4) billion loss was primarily driven by impairments; 2024 $(0.1) billion loss driven by impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Chemical Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202520242023
Chemical Products sales (2)
United States6,9777,0386,779
Non-U.S.14,32612,35412,603
Worldwide21,30319,39219,382
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

53

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Specialty Products

ExxonMobil Specialty Products is a combination of business units that manufacture and market a range of performance products, including high-quality lubricants, basestocks, waxes, synthetics, elastomers, and resins. Leveraging ExxonMobil’s proprietary technologies, Specialty Products focuses on providing performance products that help customers improve efficiency in the transportation and industrial sectors.

Specialty Products is well-positioned to help meet the demand for premium lubricant products through advantaged projects that leverage ExxonMobil's integration, technology, and world-class brands, such as Mobil 1TM.

In 2025, Specialty Products continued to deliver strong earnings from our portfolio of high-value products and brand market position.

Key Recent Events

Singapore Resid Upgrade project: This project started up in 2025, leveraging two proprietary technologies to upgrade fuel oil to Group II lubricant basestock and diesel. It further strengthens ExxonMobil’s position as the largest basestock producer in the world and introduces a first-of-its-kind basestock, EHC 340 MAXTM, with superior performance attributes, to the market.

ProxximaTM Resin Systems: ExxonMobil's advanced polyolefin thermoset resin uses components of gasoline and catalyst technology to create a material that is lighter, stronger, and more durable than conventional products, providing alternatives for the construction, coatings, and transportation industries. These systems are designed to drive product substitutions in existing markets and enable expansion into new applications like structural composites and steel substitutes. In 2025, ExxonMobil more than tripled ProxximaTM resin blending capacity with plans to grow production to 200,000 tons per year by 2030.

Carbon Materials venture: ExxonMobil is growing its carbon materials venture by applying proprietary process technology to capture attractive opportunities in the battery anode market. The Company has developed an advanced coke product by converting low-value, bottom-of-the-barrel molecules that can deliver a higher performance differentiated graphite. These carbon materials enable batteries that can provide up to 30 percent higher available capacity, 30 percent faster charging time, and extended battery life. In 2025, ExxonMobil acquired key technology and assets from Superior Graphite. This acquisition, which complements ExxonMobil's process technology and expertise, enables a faster scale-up and a swifter entry into the battery anode market with our differentiated graphite product.

Specialty Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202520242023
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,2001,5761,536
Non-U.S.1,6571,4761,178
Total2,8573,0522,714
Identified Items (1)
United States12(4)12
Non-U.S.(12)(9)(105)
Total(13)(93)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States1,1881,5801,524
Non-U.S.1,6691,4851,283
Total2,8573,0652,807
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

54

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2025 Specialty Products Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Increased earnings by $40 million.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Increased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Base Volume – Decreased earnings by $20 million.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Expenses – Higher expenses to develop markets for carbon materials and ProxximaTM resins decreased earnings by $0.2 billion.

Other – Decreased earnings by $0.2 billion, mainly from unfavorable foreign exchange effects.

Identified Items (1) – 2024 $(13) million loss.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

55

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2024 Specialty Products Earnings Driver Analysis (1)
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Stronger basestocks and finished lubes margins increased earnings by $0.6 billion.

Advantaged Volume Growth – High-value product volume growth increased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Base Volume – Decreased earnings by $10 million.

Structural Cost Savings (1) – Increased earnings by $0.1 billion.

Expenses – Higher expenses including new product development costs, decreased earnings by $0.3 billion.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $0.2 billion, mainly unfavorable foreign exchange effects and absence of prior year favorable year-end inventory effects.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(93) million loss from impairments; 2024 $(13) million loss.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Structural Cost Savings, Identified Items, and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Specialty Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202520242023
Specialty Products sales (2)
United States1,8941,9221,962
Non-U.S.5,8975,7455,635
Worldwide7,7917,6667,597
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

56

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Corporate and Financing

Corporate and Financing is comprised of corporate activities that support ExxonMobil's operating segments and Low Carbon Solutions business. Corporate activities include general administrative support functions, financing, and insurance activities. Low Carbon Solutions activities will be included in Corporate and Financing until the business is established with a material level of assets and revenue.

Corporate and Financing Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202520242023
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)(3,590)(1,372)(1,791)
Identified Items (1)(585)3076
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)(3,005)(1,402)(1,867)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2025Corporate and Financing expenses were $3.6 billion in 2025 compared to $1.4 billion in 2024, with the increase mainly due to higher financing costs.
2024Corporate and Financing expenses were $1.4 billion in 2024 compared to $1.8 billion in 2023, with the decrease mainly due to lower financing costs.

57

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and Uses of Cash
(millions of dollars)202520242023
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities51,97055,02255,369
Investing activities(25,927)(19,938)(19,274)
Financing activities(39,081)(42,789)(34,297)
Effect of exchange rate changes532(676)105
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(12,506)(8,381)1,903
Total cash and cash equivalents (December 31)10,68123,18731,568

Total cash and cash equivalents were $10.7 billion at the end of 2025, down $12.5 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2025 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $29.8 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $26.0 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $3.2 billion, and other investing activities of $3.4 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant, and equipment of $28.4 billion; dividends to shareholders of $17.2 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $20.3 billion; additional investments and advances of $4.1 billion; and a change in working capital of $7.7 billion.

Total cash and cash equivalents were $23.2 billion at the end of 2024, down $8.4 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2024 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $35.1 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $23.4 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $5.0 billion, and other investing activities of $1.9 billion, and cash acquired from mergers and acquisitions of $0.8 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant, and equipment of $24.3 billion; dividends to shareholders of $16.7 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $19.6 billion; debt repayment of $5.9 billion; additional investments and advances of $3.3 billion; and a change in working capital of $1.8 billion.

The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are expected to cover the majority of financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt. Commercial paper is used to balance short-term liquidity requirements and is reflected in "Notes and loans payable" on the Consolidated Balance Sheet, with changes in outstanding commercial paper between periods included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. On December 31, 2025, the Corporation had undrawn short-term committed lines of credit of $7.3 billion and undrawn long-term lines of credit of $1.0 billion. In the fourth quarter of 2025, the Corporation established a 364-day revolving credit facility of $7.0 billion to provide short-term borrowing capacity for general corporate purposes.

To support cash flows in future periods, the Corporation will need to continually find or acquire and develop new fields, and continue to develop and apply new technologies and recovery processes to existing fields, in order to maintain or increase production. After a period of production at plateau rates, it is the nature of oil and gas fields to eventually produce at declining rates for the remainder of their economic life. Decline rates can vary widely by individual field due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the type of reservoir, fluid properties, recovery mechanisms, work activity, and age of the field. In particular, the Corporation’s key tight-oil plays have higher initial decline rates which tend to moderate over time. Furthermore, the Corporation’s net interest in production for individual fields can vary with price and the impact of fiscal and commercial terms.

The Corporation has long been successful at mitigating the effects of natural field decline through disciplined investments in quality opportunities and project execution. The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups, operational outages, reservoir performance, regulatory changes, the impact of fiscal and commercial terms, asset sales, weather events, price effects on production sharing contracts, changes in the amount and timing of investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment, and international trade patterns and relations. The Corporation’s cash flows are also highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices. Please refer to Item 1A for a more complete discussion of risks.

The Corporation’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. Cash Capex in 2025 was $29.0 billion, including $2.6 billion of acquisitions, reflecting the Corporation’s continued active investment program.

Upstream spending of $24.7 billion in 2025 was up $4.4 billion from 2024, reflecting higher spend in the U.S. Permian Basin which included the full-year impact from the Pioneer acquisition. Development projects typically take several years from the time of recording proved undeveloped reserves to the start of production and can exceed five years for large and complex projects. The percentage of proved developed reserves was 64 percent of total proved reserves at year-end 2025 and has been over 60 percent for the last ten years.

58

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Capital investments in the three Product Solutions businesses totaled $3.7 billion in 2025, a decrease of $0.8 billion from 2024, reflecting lower global project spending. Other spend of $0.6 billion primarily reflects investments in the Low Carbon Solutions business.

The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $27 billion to $29 billion in 2026. The investment range for 2026 excludes advances and collections not related to capital expenditures or equity investments, for example, supply and marketing related advances and associated collections. Included in the 2026 capital spend range is $8.5 billion of firm capital commitments. An additional $8.0 billion of firm capital commitments have been made for years 2027 and beyond. Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions. The Corporation has a large and diverse portfolio of development projects and exploration opportunities, which helps mitigate the overall political and technical risks of the Corporation’s Upstream segment and associated cash flow. Further, due to its financial strength and diverse portfolio of opportunities, the risk associated with failure or delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for operations and its fixed commitments.

The Corporation, as part of its ongoing asset management program, continues to evaluate its mix of assets for potential upgrade. Because of the ongoing nature of this program, dispositions will continue to be made from time to time which will result in either gains or losses. Additionally, the Corporation continues to evaluate opportunities to enhance its business portfolio through acquisitions of assets or companies and enters into such transactions from time to time. Key criteria for evaluating acquisitions include strategic fit, cost and other synergies, potential for future growth, low cost of supply, and attractive valuations. Acquisitions may be made with cash, shares of the Corporation’s common stock, or both.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

2025

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $52.0 billion in 2025, $3.1 billion lower than 2024. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $29.8 billion, a decrease of $5.3 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $26.0 billion, up $2.6 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.1 billion, a decrease of $0.1 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was an increase of $3.0 billion, compared to an increase of $0.2 billion in 2024. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2025 by $7.7 billion.

2024

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $55.0 billion in 2024, $0.3 billion lower than 2023. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $35.1 billion, a decrease of $2.3 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $23.4 billion, up $2.8 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.2 billion, an increase of $0.7 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was an increase of $0.2 billion, compared to an increase of $0.5 billion in 2023. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2024 by $1.8 billion.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

2025

Cash used in investing activities netted to $25.9 billion in 2025, $6.0 billion higher than 2024. Spending for property, plant, and equipment of $28.4 billion increased $4.1 billion from 2024. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $3.2 billion compared to $5.0 billion in 2024. Additional investments and advances were $0.8 billion higher in 2025, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances increased by $1.5 billion.

2024

Cash used in investing activities netted to $19.9 billion in 2024, $0.7 billion higher than 2023. Spending for property, plant, and equipment of $24.3 billion increased $2.4 billion from 2023. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $5.0 billion compared to $4.1 billion in 2023. Additional investments and advances were $0.3 billion higher in 2024, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances increased by $0.4 billion.

59

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

2025

Cash used in financing activities was $39.1 billion in 2025, $3.7 billion lower than 2024. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $4.00 per share from $3.84 per share and totaled $17.2 billion.

During 2025, the Corporation continued its share repurchase program, including the purchase of 180.1 million shares at a book value of $20 billion in 2025. In its 2025 Corporate Plan Update released December 9, 2025, the Corporation stated that it is expected to continue its share repurchase program with a $20 billion repurchase pace per year through 2026, assuming reasonable market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be discontinued or resumed at any time. The timing and amount of shares actually purchased in the future will depend on market, business, and other factors.

2024

Cash used in financing activities was $42.8 billion in 2024, $8.5 billion higher than 2023. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.84 per share from $3.68 per share and totaled $16.7 billion. During 2024, the Corporation utilized cash to repay debt of $5.9 billion.

During 2024, the Corporation continued its share repurchase program, including the purchase of 167 million shares at a book value of $19.1 billion in 2024.

Contractual Obligations

The Corporation has contractual obligations involving commitments to third parties that impact its liquidity and capital resource needs. These contractual obligations are primarily for leases, debt, asset retirement obligations, pension and other postretirement benefits, take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations, and firm capital commitments. See Notes 4, 9, 12, and 13 for information related to pensions, asset retirement obligations, long-term debt, and leases, respectively.

In addition, the Corporation also enters into commodity purchase obligations (volumetric commitments with no fixed or minimum price) which are resold shortly after purchase, either in an active, highly liquid market, or under long-term, unconditional sales contracts with similar pricing terms. Examples include long-term, noncancelable LNG and natural gas purchase commitments and commitments to purchase refinery products at market prices. These commitments are not meaningful in assessing liquidity and cash flow because the purchases will be offset in the same periods by cash received from the related sales transactions.

Take-or-pay obligations are noncancelable, long-term commitments for goods and services. Unconditional purchase obligations are those long-term commitments that are noncancelable or cancelable only under certain conditions, and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the contracted goods or services. These obligations mainly pertain to pipeline, manufacturing supply, and terminal agreements. The total obligation at year-end 2025 for take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations was $54.1 billion. Cash payments expected in 2026 and 2027 are $6.3 billion and $6.2 billion, respectively.

Guarantees

The Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries were contingently liable at December 31, 2025, for guarantees relating to notes, loans, and performance under contracts (Note 7). Where guarantees for environmental remediation and other similar matters do not include a stated cap, the amounts reflect management’s estimate of the maximum potential exposure. Where it is not possible to make a reasonable estimation of the maximum potential amount of future payments, future performance is expected to be either immaterial or have only a remote chance of occurrence. Guarantees are not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources.

60

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Strength

On December 31, 2025, the Corporation had total unused short-term committed lines of credit of $7.3 billion (Note 10) and total unused long-term committed lines of credit of $1.0 billion (Note 12). The table below shows the Corporation’s consolidated debt to capital ratios.

(percent)202520242023
Debt to capital14.013.416.4
Net debt to capital (1)11.06.54.5
(1) Net debt is total debt less cash and cash equivalents excluding restricted cash. Net debt to capital ratio is net debt divided by net debt plus total equity. Total debt is the sum of notes and loans payable and long-term debt, as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Management views the Corporation’s financial strength to be a competitive advantage of strategic importance. The Corporation’s financial position gives it the opportunity to access the world’s capital markets across a range of market conditions and enables the Corporation to take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value.

The Corporation's total debt level remained relatively flat in 2025, ending the year at $43.5 billion.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

As discussed in Note 7, a variety of claims have been made against ExxonMobil and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuit against ExxonMobil will have a material adverse effect upon the Corporation’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition. Refer to Note 7 for additional information on legal proceedings and other contingencies.

TAXES

(millions of dollars)202520242023
Income taxes11,50413,81015,429
Effective income tax rate31%33%33%
Total other taxes and duties28,93029,89432,191
Total40,43443,70447,620

2025

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $40.4 billion in 2025, a decrease of $3.3 billion from 2024. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $11.5 billion compared to $13.8 billion in 2024. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 31 percent. This is down two percentage points compared to 2024 due primarily to favorable one-time items. Total other taxes and duties of $28.9 billion in 2025 decreased $1.0 billion.

2024

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $43.7 billion in 2024, a decrease of $3.9 billion from 2023. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $13.8 billion compared to $15.4 billion in 2023. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 33 percent. This is flat compared to 2023. Total other taxes and duties of $29.9 billion in 2024 decreased $2.3 billion from 2023.

61

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Environmental Expenditures

(millions of dollars)20252024
Capital expenditures3,0533,607
Other expenditures4,5805,348
Total7,6338,955

Throughout ExxonMobil’s businesses, new and ongoing measures are taken to prevent and minimize the impact of our operations on air, water, and ground. These include significant investments in refining infrastructure and technology to manufacture clean fuels; projects to monitor and reduce air, water, and waste emissions, both from the Company’s operations and from other companies; and expenditures for asset retirement obligations. Using definitions and guidelines established by the American Petroleum Institute, ExxonMobil’s 2025 worldwide environmental expenditures for all such preventative and remediation steps were $7.6 billion, of which $4.6 billion were included in expenses with the remainder in capital expenditures. As the Corporation progresses its emission-reduction plans, worldwide environmental expenditures are expected to increase to approximately $9 billion annually in 2026 and 2027, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 44 percent of the total expenditures.

Environmental Liabilities

The Corporation accrues environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. This policy applies to assets or businesses currently owned or previously disposed. ExxonMobil has accrued liabilities for probable environmental remediation obligations at various sites, including multiparty sites where the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has identified ExxonMobil as one of the potentially responsible parties. The involvement of other financially responsible companies at these multiparty sites could mitigate ExxonMobil’s actual joint and several liability exposure. At present, no individual site is expected to have losses material to ExxonMobil’s operations or financial condition. Consolidated company provisions made in 2025 for environmental liabilities were $0.4 billion ($0.3 billion in 2024), and the balance sheet reflects liabilities of $0.9 billion as of December 31, 2025, and $0.7 billion as of December 31, 2024.

MARKET RISKS

Worldwide Average Realizations (1)202520242023
Brent ($ per barrel)69.0680.7682.62
Henry Hub ($ per metric million British thermal unit)3.432.272.74
TTF ($ per metric million British thermal unit)12.3910.7715.15
(1) Consolidated subsidiaries.

Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product, and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings have varied across the Corporation's operating segments. For the year 2026, a $1 per barrel change in the Brent price would have an approximately $700 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. This Brent sensitivity includes oil-linked LNG sales which make up approximately 10 percent of the sensitivity. A $0.10 per million metric British thermal unit change in the Henry Hub price would have an approximately $90 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. Similarly, a $0.10 per million metric British thermal unit change in the Title Transfer Facility (TTF) price would have an approximately $20 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. This TTF sensitivity primarily represents LNG sales. These price markers have a direct impact on our realized prices. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil, results of trading activities, taxes and other government take impacts, price adjustment lags in long-term gas contracts, and crude and gas production volumes. Accordingly, changes in benchmark prices for crude oil and natural gas only provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period.

In the very competitive petroleum and petrochemical environment, earnings are primarily determined by margin capture rather than absolute price levels of products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced. These prices in turn depend on global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, refinery operations, import/export balances and weather.

62

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or more of the Corporation’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and very long lead times associated with many of our projects, underscore the importance of maintaining a strong financial position. Management views the Corporation’s financial strength as a competitive advantage.

In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and/or purchase products to/from other segments. Instead, where such sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive advantages of integrated refinery and chemical complexes. Additionally, intersegment sales are at market-based prices. The products bought and sold between segments can also be acquired in worldwide markets that have substantial liquidity, capacity, and transportation capabilities. Refer to Note 3 for additional information on intersegment revenue.

Although price levels of crude oil and natural gas may rise or fall significantly over the short to medium term due to global economic conditions, political events, decisions by OPEC or OPEC+ and other major government resource owners and other factors, industry economics over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand. The Corporation evaluates investments over a range of prices, including estimated greenhouse gas emission costs even in jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

The Corporation has an active asset management program in which nonstrategic assets are considered for divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure assets are contributing to the Corporation’s strategic objectives.

Risk Management

The Corporation’s size, strong capital structure, geographic diversity, and the complementary nature of its business segments reduce the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices, currency rates, and interest rates. In addition, the Corporation uses commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk and to generate returns from trading. The Corporation’s commodity derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. At times, the Corporation also enters into currency and interest rate derivatives, none of which are material to the Corporation’s financial position as of December 31, 2025 and 2024, or results of operations for the years ended 2025, 2024, and 2023. Credit risk associated with the Corporation’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. No material market or credit risks to the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations, or liquidity exist as a result of the derivatives described in Note 6. The Corporation maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting, and monitoring of derivative activity.

The Corporation is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its short-term debt and the portion of long-term debt that carries floating interest rates. The impact of a 100-basis-point change in interest rates affecting the Corporation’s debt would not be material to earnings or cash flow. The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are generally expected to cover financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt as required. Commercial paper is used to balance short-term liquidity requirements. Some joint-venture partners are dependent on the credit markets, and their funding ability may impact the development pace of joint-venture projects.

The Corporation conducts business in many foreign currencies and is subject to exchange rate risk on cash flows related to sales, expenses, financing, and investment transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates are often offsetting and the impacts on ExxonMobil’s geographically and functionally diverse operations are varied. The Corporation makes limited use of currency exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, and exposures related to the Corporation’s use of these contracts are not material.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport, and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission and other new business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen and ammonia, lower-emission fuels, ProxximaTM resin systems, carbon materials, low-carbon data centers, and lithium. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s accounting policies are summarized in Note 1.

63

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Oil and Natural Gas Reserves

The estimation of proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, and detailed analysis of reservoir and well performance, development and production costs, and other factors. The estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the Corporation through long-standing approval guidelines. Reserve changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by senior level geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the Global Reserves and Resources Group which has significant technical experience, culminating in reviews with, and approval by, senior management. Notably, the Corporation does not use specific quantitative reserve targets to determine compensation. Key features of the reserve estimation process are covered in Disclosure of Reserves in Item 2.

Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves.

•Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year.

Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled proved acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for completion. Proved undeveloped reserves are recognized only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time.

The Corporation is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced. However, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policy, consumer preferences, and significant changes in oil and natural gas price levels.

•Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of (1) already available geologic, reservoir, or production data, (2) new geologic, reservoir, or production data, or (3) changes in the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in development strategy or production equipment and facility capacity.

Unit-of-Production Depreciation

Oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. Acquisition costs of proved properties are depreciated using a ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves while capitalized drilling and developments costs are depreciated using a ratio of actual production volumes to proved developed reserves. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability.

In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the Corporation uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes.

Fair Value Used in Business Combinations

In accounting for business combinations, the purchase price paid to acquire a business is allocated to its assets and liabilities based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. If applicable, any excess of the purchase price over the fair value is recorded as goodwill. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant group.

On May 3, 2024, the Corporation acquired Pioneer Natural Resources Company (Pioneer), an independent oil and gas exploration and production company. To effect the acquisition, we issued 545 million shares of ExxonMobil common stock having a fair value of $63 billion on the acquisition date and assumed debt with a fair value of $5 billion.

64

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In respect of the Pioneer acquisition, the most significant amount of judgment involved the estimated fair values of property, plant, and equipment related to crude oil and natural gas properties, for which we used discounted cash flow models. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, commodity prices consistent with the average of third-party industry experts, drilling and development costs, and risk-adjusted discount rates.

The assumptions and inputs incorporated within the fair value estimates are subject to considerable management judgment and are based on industry, market, and economic conditions prevalent at the time of the acquisition. Actual results may differ from the projected results used to determine fair value.

See Note 20 for further information regarding the Pioneer acquisition during 2024.

Impairment

The Corporation tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Corporation has a robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups throughout the year. This process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932, and relies, in part, on the Corporation’s planning and budgeting cycle.

Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the Corporation’s major assets are measured in decades, the future cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices and industry margins, development costs, and production costs. Significant reductions in the Corporation’s view of oil or natural gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce, or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in ASC 360, can be indicators of potential impairment as well.

In general, the Corporation does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments, and technology and efficiency advancements. OPEC+ investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities, alternative energy sources, and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major assets, the Corporation expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility. Consequently, these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices and margins.

Global Outlook and Cash Flow Assessment. The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the Corporate Plan, is the mechanism by which resources (capital, operating expenses, and people) are allocated across the Corporation. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the Corporate Plan is the Global Outlook (Outlook), which contains the Corporation’s demand and supply projections based on its assessment of current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, economic development, and other factors. Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of necessary future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or the Corporation, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and the Corporation’s business plans will be updated accordingly.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the Corporate Plan, which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the Corporation’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs including greenhouse gas emission prices, and foreign currency exchange rates. Notably, when assessing future cash flows, the Corporation includes the estimated costs in support of reaching its greenhouse gas emission-reduction plans, including its goal of net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions from its Permian Basin operated assets by 2035. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. While third-party scenarios may be used for these purposes, they are not used as a basis for developing future cash flows for impairment assessments. As part of the Corporate Plan, the Company considers estimated greenhouse gas emission costs, even for jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

65

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fair Value of Impaired Assets. An asset group is impaired if its estimated undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product sales volumes, commodity prices (which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and government agencies), refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs, and discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group.

Other Impairment Estimates. Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs are recorded based on the Corporation's future development plans, the estimated economic chance of success, and the length of time that the Corporation expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Judgment is required to determine if assets are held for sale and to determine the fair value less cost to sell.

Investments accounted for by the equity method are assessed for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Examples of key indicators include a history of operating losses, negative earnings and cash flow outlook, significant downward revisions to oil and gas reserves, and the financial condition and prospects for the investee’s business segment or geographic region. If the decline in value of the investment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the investment is written down to fair value. In the absence of market prices for the investment, discounted cash flows are used to assess fair value, which requires significant judgment.

Recent Impairments. Impairments in 2025 totaled $2.0 billion after-tax, including a write-down to fair value of Upstream oil and gas assets held for sale and charges associated with the optimization of materials and supply inventory.

Impairments in 2024 were immaterial.

In 2023, the Corporation recognized after-tax charges of $3.4 billion, primarily related to the idled Upstream Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California, which reflected the continuing challenges in the state regulatory environment that impeded progress towards restoring operations. Other impairments in the year included a $0.6 billion charge related to an Upstream equity investment.

Factors which could put further assets at risk of impairment in the future include reductions in the Corporation’s price or margin outlooks, changes in the allocation of capital or development plans, reduced long-term demand for the Corporation's products, and operating cost increases which exceed the pace of efficiencies or the pace of oil and natural gas price or margin increases. However, due to the inherent difficulty in predicting future commodity prices or margins, and the relationship between industry prices and costs, it is not practicable to reasonably estimate the existence or range of any potential future impairment charges related to the Corporation’s long-lived assets.

For further information regarding impairments in property, plant, and equipment and suspended wells, refer to Notes 9 and 16, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Corporation is subject to retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are recorded as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the estimation of fair value, the Corporation uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts and timing of settlements, discount rates, and inflation rates. See Note 9 for further information regarding asset retirement obligations.

66

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Pension Benefits

The Corporation and its affiliates sponsor about 70 defined benefit (pension) plans in nearly 40 countries. Note 4 provides details on pension obligations, fund assets, and pension expense.

Some of these plans (primarily non-U.S.) provide pension benefits that are paid directly by their sponsoring affiliates out of corporate cash flow rather than a separate pension fund because applicable tax rules and regulatory practices do not encourage advance funding. Book reserves are established for these plans. The portion of the pension cost attributable to employee service is expensed as services are rendered. The portion attributable to the increase in pension obligations due to the passage of time is expensed over the term of the obligations, which ends when all benefits are paid. The primary difference in pension expense for unfunded versus funded plans is that pension expense for funded plans also includes a credit for the expected long-term return on fund assets.

For funded plans, including those in the U.S., pension obligations are financed in advance through segregated assets or insurance arrangements. These plans are managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and meet or exceed required funding levels as measured by relevant actuarial and government standards at the mandated measurement dates. In determining liabilities and required contributions, these standards often require approaches and assumptions that differ from those used for accounting purposes.

The Corporation will continue to make contributions to these funded plans as necessary. All defined-benefit pension obligations, regardless of the funding status of the underlying plans, are fully supported by the financial strength of the Corporation or the respective sponsoring affiliate.

Pension accounting requires explicit assumptions regarding, among others, the long-term expected earnings rate on fund assets, the discount rate for the benefit obligations, and the long-term rate for future salary increases. Pension assumptions are reviewed annually by outside actuaries and senior management. These assumptions are adjusted as appropriate to reflect changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected earnings rate on U.S. pension plan assets in 2025 was 6.0 percent. The 10-year and 20-year actual returns on U.S. pension plan assets were 5 percent over both periods. The Corporation establishes the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward-looking, long-term return assumption for each pension fund asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted-average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. A worldwide reduction of 0.5 percent in the long-term rate of return on assets would increase annual pension expense by approximately $150 million before tax.

Differences between actual returns on fund assets and the long-term expected return are not recognized in pension expense in the year that the difference occurs. Such differences are deferred, along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected remaining service life of employees.

Litigation and Tax Contingencies

A variety of claims have been made against the Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. The Corporation accrues an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and significant, the Corporation discloses the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. As described in Note 7, for purposes of our contingency disclosures, “significant” includes material matters, as well as other matters, which management believes should be disclosed. Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies.

Management judgment is required related to contingent liabilities and the outcome of litigation because both are difficult to predict. However, the Corporation has been successful in defending litigation in the past. Payments have not had a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. In the Corporation’s experience, large claims often do not result in large awards. Large awards are often reversed or substantially reduced as a result of appeal or settlement.

The Corporation is subject to income taxation in many jurisdictions around the world. The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the Corporation has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict. The Corporation’s unrecognized tax benefits and a description of open tax years are summarized in Note 15.

67

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Table of ContentsFinancial Table of Contents

MD&A history

Prior-year 10-K MD&A spans are extracted from SEC filings with the same bounded parser used for the latest filing. The latest 10-K appears above; prior years are below.

FY 2024 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000034088-25-000010.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2025-02-19. Report date: 2024-12-31.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements related to future events; projections; descriptions of strategic, operating, and financial plans and objectives; statements of future ambitions and plans; and other statements of future events or conditions are forward-looking statements. Similarly, discussion of roadmaps or future plans related to carbon capture, transportation and storage, lower-emission fuels, hydrogen, ammonia, direct air capture, ProxximaTM systems, carbon materials, lithium and other future plans to reduce emissions and emission intensity of ExxonMobil, its affiliates, and third parties are dependent on future market factors, such as continued technological progress, stable policy support and timely rule-making and permitting, and represent forward-looking statements.

Actual future results, including financial and operating performance; earnings power; potential earnings, cash flow, dividends or shareholder returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; total capital expenditures and mix, including allocations of capital to low carbon and other new investments; realization and maintenance of structural cost reductions and efficiency gains, including the ability to offset inflationary pressure; plans to reduce future emissions and emissions intensity, including ambitions to reach Scope 1 and Scope 2 net zero from operated assets by 2050, to reach Scope 1 and 2 net zero in heritage Permian Basin (1) unconventional operated assets by 2030, and in Pioneer Permian assets by 2035, to eliminate routine flaring in-line with World Bank Zero Routine Flaring, and to reach near-zero methane emissions from operated assets and other methane initiatives to meet ExxonMobil’s emission reduction plans and goals, divestment and start-up plans, and associated project plans as well as technology advances, including the timing and outcome of projects to capture, transport and store CO2, produce hydrogen and ammonia, produce lower-emission fuels, produce ProxximaTM systems, produce carbon materials, produce lithium, and use plastic waste as feedstock for advanced recycling; timely granting of governmental permits and certifications; future debt levels and credit ratings; business and project plans, timing, costs, capacities and profitability; resource recoveries and production rates; and planned Denbury Inc. (Denbury) and Pioneer integrated benefits, could differ materially due to a number of factors.

These include global or regional changes in the supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petrochemicals, and feedstocks and other market factors; economic conditions and seasonal fluctuations that impact prices and differentials for our products; developments or changes in local, national, or international laws, regulations, taxes, trade sanctions, trade tariffs, or policies affecting our business, such as government policies supporting lower carbon and new market investment opportunities, the punitive European taxes on the oil and gas sector and unequal support for different technological methods of emissions reduction or evolving, ambiguous and unharmonized standards imposed by various jurisdictions related to sustainability and GHG reporting; variable impacts of trading activities on our margins and results each quarter; actions of co-venturers, competitors and commercial counterparties; the outcome of commercial negotiations, including final agreed terms and conditions; the outcome of competitive bidding and project awards; the ability to access debt markets on favorable terms or at all; the occurrence, pace, rate of recovery and effects of public health crises; adoption of regulatory incentives consistent with law; reservoir performance, including variability and timing factors applicable to unconventional resources and the success of new unconventional technologies; the level, outcome, and timing of exploration and development projects and decisions to invest in future reserves and resources; timely completion of construction projects; final management approval of future projects and any changes in the scope, terms, costs or assumptions of such projects as approved; the actions of government or other actors against our core business activities and acquisitions, divestitures or financing opportunities; war, civil unrest, attacks against the Company or industry, and other geopolitical or security disturbances, including disruption of land or sea transportation routes; decoupling of economies, and disruptions in trade alliances and military alliances; expropriations, seizure, or capacity, insurance, shipping, import or export limitations imposed by governments or laws; opportunities for potential acquisitions, investments or divestments and satisfaction of applicable conditions to closing, including timely regulatory approvals; the capture of efficiencies within and between business lines and the ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies without impairing our competitive positioning; unforeseen technical or operating difficulties and unplanned maintenance; the development and competitiveness of alternative energy and emission reduction technologies; consumer preferences including willingness and ability to pay for reduced emission products; the results of research programs and the ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a cost-competitive basis; and other factors discussed under Item 1A.

Forward-looking and other statements regarding environmental and other sustainability efforts and aspirations are not an indication that these statements are material to investors or require disclosure in our filing with the SEC or any other regulatory authority. In addition, historical, current, and forward-looking environmental and other sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change in the future, including future rule-making.

Energy demand models are forward-looking by nature and aim to replicate system dynamics of the global energy system, requiring simplifications. The reference to any scenario in this report, including any potential net-zero scenarios, does not imply ExxonMobil views any particular scenario as likely to occur. In addition, energy demand scenarios require assumptions on a variety of parameters. As such, the outcome of any given scenario using an energy demand model comes with a high degree of uncertainty. Third-party scenarios discussed in this report reflect the modeling assumptions and outputs of their respective authors, not ExxonMobil, and their

(1) Heritage Permian Basin assets exclude assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Pioneer that closed May 3, 2024.

39

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

use by ExxonMobil is not an endorsement by ExxonMobil of their underlying assumptions, likelihood or probability. Investment decisions are made on the basis of ExxonMobil’s separate planning process. Any use of the modeling of a third-party organization within this report does not constitute or imply an endorsement by ExxonMobil of any or all of the positions or activities of such organization.

Actions needed to advance ExxonMobil’s 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reductions plans are incorporated into its medium-term business plans, which are updated annually. The reference case for planning beyond 2030 is based on the Company’s Global Outlook (Outlook) research and publication. The Outlook is reflective of the existing global policy environment and an assumption of increasing policy stringency and technology improvement to 2050. Current trends for policy stringency and development of lower-emission solutions are not yet on a pathway to achieve net-zero by 2050. As such, the Outlook does not project the degree of required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or ExxonMobil, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and ExxonMobil’s business plans will be updated accordingly. References to projects or opportunities may not reflect investment decisions made by ExxonMobil or its affiliates. Individual projects or opportunities may advance based on a number of factors, including availability of stable and supportive policy, permitting, technological advancement for cost-effective abatement, insights from the Company planning process, and alignment with our partners and other stakeholders. Capital investment guidance in lower-emission investments is based on our corporate plan; however, actual investment levels will be subject to the availability of the opportunity set, public policy support, and focused on returns.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

OVERVIEW

The following discussion and analysis of ExxonMobil’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of the management of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission and other new business opportunities, including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, ProxximaTM systems, carbon materials, and lithium. ExxonMobil's reportable segments are Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Where applicable, ExxonMobil voluntarily discloses additional U.S., Non-U.S., and regional splits to help investors better understand the Company's operations.

The Company is organized along three businesses – Upstream, Product Solutions, and Low Carbon Solutions, aligning along market-focused value chains. Product Solutions consists of Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Low Carbon Solutions is included in Corporate and Financing as the business continues to mature through commercialization and deployment of technology. The businesses are supported by centralized service-delivery groups, including Global Projects, Technology and Engineering, Global Operations and Sustainability, Global Trading, Supply Chain, and Global Business Solutions.

ExxonMobil, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach and technology portfolio, is well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new supplies of reliable and affordable lower-emission energy and other critical products. The Company’s integrated business model, with significant investments in Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products segments and Low Carbon Solutions businesses, generally reduces the Corporation’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, ExxonMobil’s investment decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in our long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities which target a low cost of supply to ensure long-term competitiveness. The annual Corporate Plan process establishes the economic assumptions used for evaluating investments and sets operating and capital objectives. The Global Outlook (Outlook), developed annually, is the foundation for the Corporate Plan assumptions. Price ranges for crude oil and natural gas, including price differentials, refinery and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emissions pricing, and foreign currency exchange rates are part of the Corporate Plan assumptions developed annually. Corporate Plan volume projections are based on individual field production profiles, which are also updated at least annually. Major investment opportunities are evaluated over a range of potential market conditions. All major investments are reappraised to ensure we learn from our decisions, and the development and execution of the project. Lessons learned are incorporated in future projects.

40

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Long-Term Business Outlook

ExxonMobil’s business planning is underpinned by a deep understanding of long-term market fundamentals. These fundamentals include supply and demand trends; the scale and variety of energy needs worldwide; capability, practicality, and affordability of energy alternatives, including lower-carbon solutions; greenhouse gas emission-reduction technologies; and relevant government policies. The Outlook considers these fundamentals to form the basis for the Company’s long-term business planning, investment decisions, and research programs. The Outlook reflects the Company’s view of global energy demand and supply through 2050. It is a projection based on current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic development.

In addition, ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. Included in the range of these scenarios are the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Likely Below 2°C scenarios and three scenarios from the International Energy Agency (IEA): IEA Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS), which reflects a sector-by-sector assessment of current policy in place or announced by governments; IEA Announced Pledges Scenario (APS), which reflects aspirational government targets met on time and in full; and IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario (NZE), which the IEA describes as extremely challenging, acknowledging that society is not currently on the IEA NZE pathway. No single transition pathway can be reasonably predicted, given the wide range of uncertainties. Key unknowns include yet-to-be-developed or changes in developed government policies, market conditions, and advances in technology that may influence the cost, pace, and potential availability of certain pathways. Scenarios that employ a full complement of technology options are likely to provide the most economically efficient pathways.

Using our own experts and third-party sources, we monitor a variety of signposts that may indicate a potential shift in the energy transition. For example, the regional pace of the transition could be influenced by the cost of new technologies compared to existing or alternative energy sources. To effectively evaluate the pace of change, ExxonMobil uses many scenarios to help identify signposts that provide leading indicators of future developments and allow for timely adjustments to future versions of the Outlook.

Column 1Column 2
Developing countries projected to drive energy demand growthPrimary energy - Quadrillion BtuSource: ExxonMobil 2024 Global OutlookBy 2050, the world’s population is projected to be around 9.7 billion people, or nearly 2 billion more than in 2023. Coincident with this population increase, the Outlook projects worldwide economic growth to average approximately 2.5 percent per year, with economic output nearly doubling by 2050 compared to 2023. As economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by almost 15 percent from 2023 to 2050. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)). By contrast, energy use in developed nations is expected to decline by more than 10 percent as efficiency improves. As expanding prosperity drives global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy-efficient technologies and practices as well as lower-emission products will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption and CO2 emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key aspects of the world’s economy through 2050, affecting energy requirements for power generation, transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs.

Under our Outlook, global electricity demand is expected to increase more than 75 percent from 2023 to 2050, with developing countries likely to account for approximately 80 percent of the increase. Consistent with this projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal-fired generation is expected to decline substantially to approximately 15 percent of the world’s electricity in 2050, versus approximately 35 percent in 2023, in part due to policies to improve air quality as well as reduce greenhouse gas emissions to address risks related to climate change. From 2023 to 2050, the amount of electricity supplied using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is expected to more than double, accounting for the entire growth in electricity supplies and offsetting the reduction of coal. Electricity from wind and solar is expected to increase more than 450 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, e.g., hydropower) to account for approximately 90 percent of the increase in electricity supplies through 2050. Total renewables are expected to reach over 50 percent of global electricity supplies by 2050. Natural gas and nuclear are expected to be about 20 percent and 10 percent, respectively, of global electricity supplies by 2050. Supplies of electricity by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions reflecting a wide range of factors, including the cost and availability of various energy supplies and policy developments.

41

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy for transportation - including cars, trucks, ships, trains, and airplanes - is expected to increase by about 25 percent from 2023 to 2050. Transportation energy demand is expected to account for about 60 percent of the growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Light-duty vehicle demand for liquid fuels is projected to peak by around 2025, and then decline to levels seen in the early-2000s by 2050, as the impact of better fuel economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset growth in the worldwide car fleet of approximately 65 percent. By 2050, light-duty vehicles are expected to account for around 20 percent of global liquid fuels demand. During the same time period, nearly all the world’s commercial transportation fleets are expected to continue to run on liquid fuels, including biofuels, which are expected to be widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small volumes.

Almost half of the world’s energy use is dedicated to industrial activity. As the global middle class continues to grow, demand for durable products, appliances, and consumable goods will increase. Industry uses energy products both as a fuel and as a feedstock for chemicals, asphalt, lubricants, waxes, and other specialty products. The Outlook anticipates technology advances, as well as the increasing shift toward cleaner forms of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, with coal declining. Demand for oil will continue to grow as a feedstock for industry.

As populations grow and prosperity rises, more energy will be needed to power homes, offices, schools, shopping centers, hospitals, etc. Combined residential and commercial energy demand is projected to rise by around 15 percent through 2050. Led by the growing economies of developing nations, average worldwide household electricity use is expected to rise more than 65 percent between 2023 and 2050.

Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today reflecting broad-based availability, affordability, ease of transportation, and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2050, global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to approximately 110 million oil-equivalent barrels per day, an increase of about 10 percent from 2023. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to increase to nearly 70 percent by 2050, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is expected to decline by more than 25 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from conventional sources; these supplies will remain important, and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of supply sources - including tight oil, deepwater, oil sands, natural gas liquids, and biofuels - are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. Timely investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies.

Natural gas is a lower-emission, versatile, and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications. Global natural gas demand is expected to rise more than 20 percent from 2023 to 2050, with approximately 75 percent of that increase coming from the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas - the natural gas found in shale and other tight rock formations - will help meet these needs. In total, about 35 percent of the growth in natural gas supplies is expected to come from unconventional sources. At the same time, conventionally-produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting around two-thirds of worldwide demand in 2050. LNG trade will expand significantly, meeting about 70 percent of the increase in global demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising demand in Asia Pacific.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Oil and natural gas projected to play a critical role in the global energy mix

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Primary energy - Quadrillion BtuPercent of primary energy
Source: ExxonMobil 2024 Global OutlookSource: ExxonMobil 2024 Global Outlook
* Electricity and hydrogen are secondary energies derived from the primary energies shown.
**Includes biomass, biofuels, hydropower, and geothermal.

The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2050. Oil is expected to continue as the largest source of energy with its share remaining close to 30 percent in 2050. Coal and natural gas are the next largest sources of energy today, with the share of natural gas growing to more than 25 percent by 2050, while the share of coal falls to about half that of natural gas. Nuclear power is projected to grow, as many nations are likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs as well as energy security and environmental issues. Total renewable energy is expected to exceed 20 percent of global energy by 2050, with other renewables (e.g., biomass, hydropower, geothermal) contributing a combined share of more than 10 percent. Total energy supplied from wind and solar is expected to increase rapidly, growing over 400 percent from 2023 to 2050, when they are projected to be nearly 12 percent of the world energy mix.

Decarbonization of industrial activities will require a suite of nascent or future lower-carbon technologies and stable supporting policies. Lower-emission fuels, hydrogen-based fuels, and carbon capture and storage are three key lower-carbon solutions needed to support a lower-emission future, in addition to wind and solar. Along with electrification, lower-emission fuels are expected to play an important role in decarbonization of the transportation sector, particularly in hard-to-decarbonize areas, such as aviation. Hydrogen will be a key enabler replacing traditional furnace fuel to decarbonize the industrial sector. Hydrogen and hydrogen-based fuels like ammonia are also expected to make inroads into commercial transportation as technology improves to lower its cost and policy develops to support the needed infrastructure development. Carbon capture and storage on its own, or in combination with hydrogen production, is among the few proven technologies that could enable CO2 emission reductions from high-emitting and hard-to-decarbonize sectors such as power generation and heavy industries, including manufacturing, refining, and petrochemicals.

43

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Significant oil and natural gas investment needed to meet projected global demand

Projected global oil supply and demand

Million barrels per day

Excludes biofuels; IEA STEPS, IEA APS, and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2024; Global Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2024 Global Outlook; IPCC Likely Below 2°C Average and Range Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 “Likely below 2°C” scenarios used; decline rates based on 10-yr Compound Annual Growth Rate (CAGR)

Projected global natural gas supply and demand

Billion cubic feet per day

IEA STEPS, IEA APS, and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2024; Global Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2024 Global Outlook; IPCC Likely Below 2°C Average and Range Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 “Likely below 2°C” scenarios used; decline rates based on 10-yr CAGR

Our Outlook projects that oil demand will remain above 100 million barrels per day to 2050. Even under the average of IPCC Likely Below 2°C scenarios, oil demand still comes to 66 million barrels per day in 2050 – about two thirds of current consumption.

Our Outlook shows oil production declines at a rate of about 15 percent per year. At that rate, in the absence of continued investment, by 2030 oil supplies would fall from 100 million barrels per day to less than 30 million barrels, more than 70 million barrels per day short of what is needed to meet demand. Limiting investment to only existing fields would slow the decline to about 4 percent; however, this would still be well below the oil demand in the IEA APS and average of IPCC Likely Below 2°C scenarios.

To meet projected demand, the Corporation anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will grow, not only from new discoveries, but also from increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 2050 will be significant and would be needed to meet even rapidly declining demand for oil and gas envisioned in aggressive decarbonization scenarios.

International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. For many years, the Corporation has taken into account policies established to reduce energy-related greenhouse gas emissions in its long-term Outlook. The climate accord reached at the 2015 Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. Our Outlook reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and seeks to identify potential impacts of these climate-related government policies, which often target specific sectors. For purposes of the Outlook, a proxy cost on energy-related CO2 emissions is assumed, based on regional considerations and relative levels of economic development, and by 2050, reaches up to $150 per metric ton for OECD nations and up to $100 per metric ton for non-OECD nations. As people and nations look for ways to reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the affordability or reliability of the energy they need. The Corporation continues to monitor the updates to the Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs) that are submitted by nations that are signatories to the Paris Agreement, as well as other policy developments in light of net-zero ambitions formulated by some nations.

The information provided in the Outlook includes ExxonMobil’s internal estimates and projections based upon internal data and analyses as well as publicly available information from external sources including the International Energy Agency.

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Progress Reducing Emissions

The Corporation’s strategy seeks to maximize the advantages of our scale, business integration, leading technology, execution excellence, and our people to build globally competitive businesses that lead industry in earnings and cash flow growth across a range of future scenarios. We strive to play a leading role, regardless of how an energy transition unfolds. Across our portfolio of opportunities, we retain investment flexibility to maximize shareholder value. With advancements in technology and clear, consistent, stable, and effective government policies, we aim to achieve net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions in our operated assets by 2050. Our net-zero ambition is backed by a comprehensive approach centered on detailed emission-reduction roadmaps for our major operated assets that were completed in 2022. The roadmaps build on the Company’s 2030 emission-intensity reduction plans and, notably, include reaching net-zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions in our heritage Permian Basin (1) unconventional operated assets by 2030, and by 2035 for Pioneer assets. We continue to update the roadmaps, including to account for portfolio changes, to reflect technology and policy, and to account for the many potential pathways, and the pace of an energy transition.

Compared to 2016 levels, our 2030 plans are expected to drive the following reductions:

•20-30 percent reduction in corporate-wide greenhouse gas intensity;

•70-80 percent reduction in corporate-wide methane intensity;

•40-50 percent reduction in upstream greenhouse gas intensity; and

•60-70 percent reduction in corporate-wide flaring intensity.

Our emission-reduction plans and 2050 net-zero ambition cover Scope 1 and 2 emissions from assets we operate, which now include Pioneer and Denbury.

The Corporation plans to continue to pursue advantaged growth opportunities and lower-emission investments. These investments are targeted at reducing emissions in the Company’s operations as well as reducing the emissions of other companies. At this early stage, stable and supportive policy remains critical to enable emissions reductions, advance technology, and drive scale to improve costs.

ExxonMobil’s Low Carbon Solutions business is working with the Product Solutions and Upstream businesses to grow a pipeline of emission-reduction opportunities in carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, ProxximaTM systems, and carbon materials, as well as lithium to supply the global battery and electric vehicle markets. Our customers, many governments, and strategic partners recognize our combination of experience, skills, and capabilities that have the potential to help reduce emissions for ourselves and others. For example, on the U.S. Gulf Coast, we see an opportunity to create a carbon capture and storage business that will enable industrial customers to reduce their emissions. The acquisition of Denbury expanded our capabilities in this area, providing ExxonMobil with the largest owned and operated network of CO2 pipelines in the United States, including more than 900 miles of pipelines and multiple CO2 storage sites near the largest industrial complexes on the Gulf Coast. Combining Denbury’s assets and our experience we have created the largest CO2 network in the world which gives us a unique ability to help customers in the region reduce their emissions at a lower cost and faster pace. A cost-efficient transportation and storage system has the potential to accelerate carbon capture and storage deployment for both ExxonMobil and our third-party customers. Stable policy support, along with technology advancements and the development of market-driven mechanisms, will continue to be important to the development and deployment of lower-emission solutions.

(1) Heritage Permian Basin assets exclude assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Pioneer that closed May 3, 2024.

45

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Recent Business Environment

During 2024, the price of crude oil remained near the middle of the pre-COVID 10-year range (2010-2019), as markets remained balanced. Through the first nine months of the year, natural gas prices declined towards the middle of the 10-year range due to strong supply and lower demand. In the fourth quarter, natural gas prices increased on rising demand driven by colder weather in the U.S. and Europe.

Refining margins declined in 2024 from high 2023 levels as increased supply from industry capacity additions outpaced record global demand and remain near the bottom of the 10-year range. Chemical margins improved slightly in 2024 but remained well below the 10-year range driven by over-supply, primarily in Asia.

The general rate of inflation across major countries peaked in 2022, rising from already elevated levels in 2021, due to additional impacts on energy and other commodities from the Russia-Ukraine conflict. Inflation has trended down since 2023 as a result of aggressive monetary tightening by major central banks and slowing global economic growth. However, there has been significant variation on the pace of change across OECD and non-OECD countries. With inflation gradually approaching the official targets in the U.S. and Eurozone, the Federal Reserve and the European Central Bank began lowering interest rates in 2024. Meanwhile, China has been under persistent deflationary pressure since 2023.

The Corporation closely monitors market trends and works to mitigate both operating and capital cost impacts in all price environments. Organizational changes implemented over the past several years enabled the Corporation to capture $12.1 billion of structural cost savings(1) versus 2019, including $2.4 billion of savings during 2024, through increased operational efficiencies, workforce reductions, divestment-related reductions, and other cost-saving measures. The Company sees additional opportunities in areas such as supply chain efficiency, improved maintenance and turnarounds, modernized data management, centralization of activities, and simplified business processes. These savings are key drivers to further reduce our structural costs by $6 billion by 2030, thereby improving the earnings power of the Corporation.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of structural cost savings.

Transportation of Kazakhstan Production

The Corporation holds a 25 percent interest in Tengizchevroil, LLP (TCO), which operates the Tengiz and Korolev oil fields in Kazakhstan, and a 16.8 percent working interest in the Kashagan field in Kazakhstan. Oil production from those operations is exported primarily through the Caspian Pipeline Consortium (CPC), in which the Corporation holds a 7.5 percent interest. CPC traverses parts of Kazakhstan and Russia to tanker-loading facilities on the Russian coast of the Black Sea. In the event geopolitical issues escalate in the region, including ongoing military conflict, it is possible that the transportation of Kazakhstan oil through the CPC pipeline could be disrupted, curtailed, temporarily suspended, or otherwise restricted. In such a case, the Corporation could experience a loss of cash flows of uncertain duration from its operations in Kazakhstan. For reference, after-tax earnings related to the Corporation’s interests in Kazakhstan in 2024 were approximately $1.9 billion, and its share of combined oil and gas production was approximately 260 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS RESULTS

Upstream

ExxonMobil has a diverse growth portfolio of exploration and development opportunities, which allows the Corporation to be selective in our investments, maximizing shareholder value and mitigating political and technical risks. ExxonMobil’s competitive strengths enable the Upstream’s business strategy, which is focused on developing an industry-leading portfolio underpinned by advantaged growth projects, applying ExxonMobil’s technology to enhance value and improve development efficiency, and leveraging the unique capabilities of the Company's global projects organization to deliver projects on time and in line with budgets.

The Upstream capital program is focused on low cost-of-supply opportunities. ExxonMobil has a strong pipeline of development projects, including continued growth in Guyana and the Permian Basin, as well as LNG expansion opportunities in Qatar, Mozambique, Papua New Guinea, and the United States. As future development projects and drilling activities bring new production online, the Corporation expects a shift in the geographic mix and in the type of opportunities from which volumes are produced. Based on the current investment plans, the proportion of oil-equivalent production from the Americas is generally expected to increase over the next several years. Currently about two thirds of the Corporation's global production comes from unconventional, deepwater, and LNG resources. This proportion is generally expected to grow.

The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups, operational outages, reservoir performance, regulatory changes, the impact of fiscal and commercial terms, asset sales, weather events, price effects on production sharing contracts, changes in the amount and timing of capital investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment, international trade patterns and relations, and other factors described in Item 1A.

In 2024, crude and gas prices were within the pre-COVID 10-year historical range (2010-2019). ExxonMobil believes prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand side largely being a function of general economic activities, levels of prosperity, technology advances, consumer preference, and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be significantly impacted by political events, the actions of OPEC or OPEC+ and other large government resource owners, alternative energy sources, and other factors.

Key Recent Events

Guyana: Liza Destiny, Liza Unity and Prosperity floating production, storage and offloading (FPSO) vessels continued to produce above investment basis capacity in 2024. The combined gross production from the three operating vessels exceeded 615 thousand barrels of oil per day (kbd) in 2024 and exceeded 650 kbd in the fourth quarter of 2024. Yellowtail, Uaru and Whiptail, the fourth, fifth and sixth developments on the Stabroek Block, respectively, are progressing on schedule and each has an investment basis capacity of approximately 250 kbd. We announced plans for two additional developments and anticipate eight FPSO vessels will be in operation on the Stabroek Block by year-end 2030. We are working with the government of Guyana to secure regulatory approvals for the seventh project.

Permian: ExxonMobil successfully closed the Pioneer Natural Resources Company (Pioneer) acquisition in May 2024, significantly increasing our Permian footprint. Total production volumes averaged approximately 1,185 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day (koebd) in 2024, approximately 570 koebd higher than the previous year. ExxonMobil operations continue to deliver industry-leading capital efficiency and cost performance by leveraging scale, integration, and technology. Examples include deploying ExxonMobil cube design and proprietary proppant as well as leading capabilities and technology in drilling and completions. ExxonMobil remains on track to achieve industry-leading plans of Scope 1 and 2 net zero greenhouse gas emissions in the heritage Permian Basin (1) unconventional operated assets by 2030, and in Pioneer assets by 2035. ExxonMobil expects to roughly double production in the Permian Basin to approximately 2.3 Moebd by 2030.

LNG: ExxonMobil continued work on LNG growth projects in 2024. Production commenced from two new gas wells in Papua New Guinea (PNG), marking completion of the Angore project and additional supply to support LNG export from the PNG LNG joint venture. In Mozambique, the Rovuma LNG project began the front-end engineering and design stage in 2024, in support of a final investment decision in 2026, to develop the Area 4 offshore gas resources. Construction continues on the Golden Pass LNG project with Train 1 mechanical completion and first LNG production expected at the end of 2025.

(1) Heritage Permian Basin assets exclude assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Pioneer that closed May 3, 2024.

47

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202420232022
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States6,4264,20211,728
Non-U.S.18,96417,10624,751
Total25,39021,30836,479
Identified Items (1)
United States(360)(1,489)299
Non-U.S.575(812)(3,238)
Total215(2,301)(2,939)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States6,7865,69111,429
Non-U.S.18,38917,91827,989
Total25,17523,60939,418
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2024 Upstream Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Price – Price impacts decreased earnings by $1,250 million, driven by lower gas realizations.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged projects increased earnings by $3,760 million, as a result of record production in Permian, driven by the Pioneer acquisition and growth in the heritage Permian (2), and record production in Guyana driven by the Prosperity FPSO start-up.

Base Volume – Divestments of non-strategic assets and entitlements decreased earnings by $820 million.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $830 million.

Expenses – Higher expenses decreased earnings by $1,350 million, primarily from higher depreciation (non-cash).

Other – All other items increased earnings by $120 million, mainly driven by favorable impacts from divestments, partially offset by unfavorable tax and foreign exchange impacts.

Timing Effects – Less unfavorable timing effects from derivatives mark-to-market impacts increased earnings by $280 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(2,301) million loss primarily due to the impairment of the idled Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California; 2024 $215 million gain mainly due to Argentina divestment, partly offset by Nigeria divestment and U.S. impairment.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

(2) Heritage Permian Basin assets exclude assets acquired as part of the acquisition of Pioneer that closed May 3, 2024.

48

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2023 Upstream Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Price – Lower realizations decreased earnings by $14,290 million, reflecting lower gas prices and crude price moderation resulting from increased inventory levels.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged assets increased earnings by $1,270 million, driven by Guyana and Permian production..

Base Volume – Base volumes decreased earnings by $800 million as a results of divestments, the Russia expropriation, and higher government-mandated curtailments.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $730 million.

Expenses – Higher expenses decreased earnings by $650 million, primarily on increased activity and depreciation.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $320 million, mainly driven by favorable foreign exchange effects.

Timing Effects – Unfavorable timing effects from derivatives mark-to-market impacts decreased earnings by $2,390 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(2,939) million loss mainly driven by the Russia expropriation $(2,185) million and impacts from additional European taxes $(1,415) million, partly offset by gains of $886 million on the sale of the Romania, U.S. Barnett Shale, and XTO Energy Canada assets; 2023 $(2,301) million loss primarily due to the impairment of the idled Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Operational Results

202420232022
Net production of crude oil, natural gas liquids, bitumen and synthetic oil (thousands of barrels daily)
United States1,248803776
Canada/Other Americas784664588
Europe344
Africa209221238
Asia713721705
Australia/Oceania303643
Worldwide2,9872,4492,354
Net natural gas production available for sale(millions of cubic feet daily)
United States2,8872,3112,551
Canada/Other Americas10196148
Europe352414667
Africa15212571
Asia3,3223,4903,418
Australia/Oceania1,2641,2981,440
Worldwide8,0787,7348,295
Oil-equivalent production (1)(thousands of oil-equivalent barrels daily)4,3333,7383,737
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.
Upstream Additional Information
(thousands of barrels daily)20242023
Volumes Reconciliation (Oil-equivalent production) (1)
Prior Year3,7383,737
Entitlements - Net Interest(13)(24)
Entitlements - Price / Spend / Other(23)56
Government Mandates9(28)
Divestments(63)(114)
Growth / Other685111
Current Year4,3333,738
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.
2024 versus 20232024 production of 4.3 million oil-equivalent barrels per day increased 595 thousand barrels per day from 2023. Permian and Guyana production grew by 680 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day, more than offsetting impacts from divestments and entitlements. Excluding the impacts from entitlements, divestments, and government-mandated curtailments, net production grew by 685 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.
2023 versus 20222023 production of 3.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day is in line with 2022. Permian and Guyana production grew by more than 120 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day, more than offsetting impacts from divestments. Excluding the impacts from entitlements, divestments, and higher government-mandated curtailments, net production grew by 111 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Listed below are descriptions of ExxonMobil’s volumes reconciliation drivers, which are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms.

Entitlements - Net Interest are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes caused by non-operational changes to volume-determining drivers. These drivers consist of net interest changes specified in Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs), which typically occur when cumulative investment returns or production volumes achieve defined thresholds, changes in equity upon achieving pay-out in partner investment carry situations, equity redeterminations as specified in venture agreements, or as a result of the termination or expiry of a concession. Once a net interest change has occurred, it typically will not be reversed by subsequent events, such as lower crude oil prices.

Entitlements - Price, Spend and Other are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes resulting from temporary changes to non-operational volume-determining drivers. These drivers include changes in oil and gas prices or spending levels from one period to another. According to the terms of contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, price or spending variability can increase or decrease royalty burdens and/or volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. For example, at higher prices, fewer barrels are required for ExxonMobil to recover its costs. These effects generally vary from period to period with field spending patterns or market prices for oil and natural gas. Such drivers can also include other temporary changes in net interest as dictated by specific provisions in production agreements.

Government Mandates are changes to ExxonMobil's sustainable production levels as a result of production limits or sanctions imposed by governments.

Divestments are reductions in ExxonMobil’s production arising from commercial arrangements to fully or partially reduce equity in a field or asset in exchange for financial or other economic consideration.

Growth and Other drivers comprise all other operational and non-operational drivers not covered by the above definitions that may affect volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. Such drivers include, but are not limited to, production enhancements from project and work program activities, acquisitions including additions from asset exchanges, downtime, market demand, natural field decline, and any fiscal or commercial terms that do not affect entitlements.

Energy Products

ExxonMobil's Energy Products is one of the largest, most integrated businesses of its kind among international oil companies, with significant representation across the entire fuels value chain, including refining, logistics, trading, and marketing. This segment includes the fuels and aromatics value chains, and catalysts and licensing.

With the largest refining footprint among international oil companies, ExxonMobil’s Energy Products earnings are closely tied to industry refining margins. Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials and the market prices for the products produced. Crude oil and many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on multiple exchanges around the world (e.g. New York Mercantile Exchange and Intercontinental Exchange). Prices for these commodities are determined by the global marketplace and are influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, industry refinery operations, import/export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather, and political considerations. While industry refining margins significantly impact Energy Products earnings, strong operational performance, product mix optimization, and disciplined cost control are also critical to strong financial performance.

In 2024, refining margins decreased to the middle of the pre-COVID 10-year historical range (2010-2019) despite record demand, due to supply length. Refining margins are expected to remain volatile with changes in global factors, including geopolitical developments; demand growth; recession fears; inventory levels; and refining capacity utilization, additions and rationalizations.

Key Recent Events

Strathcona Renewable Diesel project: Progressed project with expected start-up in 2025 at Strathcona refinery to use low-carbon hydrogen, locally-sourced and grown feedstocks, and our proprietary catalyst to produce 20 thousand barrels of renewable diesel per day to help reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Fawley Hydrofiner project: Progressed project with expected start-up in 2025 at Fawley site to increase production of ultra-low sulfur diesel and reduce production of other products, including high-sulfur distillates.

Fos-sur-Mer Refinery divestment: In October 2024, ExxonMobil divested the Fos refinery and select midstream assets in France.

MiRO Refinery sale: In October 2023, ExxonMobil reached an agreement to sell its interest in the MiRO refinery located in Karlsruhe, Germany. The transaction is expected to close in 2025.

51

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202420232022
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States2,0996,1238,340
Non-U.S.1,9346,0196,626
Total4,03312,14214,966
Identified Items (1)
United States(34)192(58)
Non-U.S.113(48)(626)
Total79144(684)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States2,1335,9318,398
Non-U.S.1,8216,0677,252
Total3,95411,99815,650
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.
2024 Energy Products Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Significantly weaker industry refining margins decreased earnings by $6,280 million. Margins declined from historically high levels as increased supply from industry capacity additions outpaced record global demand.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged projects increased earnings by $140 million.

Base Volume – Lower base volumes decreased earnings by $1,240 million, driven by scheduled maintenance and divestments.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $630 million.

Expenses – Higher expenses related to scheduled turnarounds and maintenance, and advantaged project spend decreased earnings by $970 million.

Other – All other items, mainly unfavorable tax and forex impacts, decreased earnings by $310 million.

Timing Effects – Decreased earnings by $10 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $144 million gain driven by favorable tax effects partially offset by additional European taxes on the energy sector; 2024 $79 million gain.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2023 Energy Products Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Margins decreased earnings by $3,510 million, mainly driven by industry refining margins which declined from 2022 highs, partially offset by stronger marketing margins.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Higher volumes from advantaged projects, increased earnings by $480 million, mainly driven by the Beaumont expansion.

Base Volume – Lower base volumes decreased earnings by $560 million driven by higher planned maintenance and divestments, partially offset by improved reliability.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $450 million.

Expenses – Higher expenses decreased earnings by $830 million, mainly driven by Beaumont project activities and planned maintenance costs.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $10 million.

Timing Effects – Absence of unfavorable timing effects associated with derivatives increased earnings by $330 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(684) million loss was primarily as a result of impairments and unfavorable tax items. 2023 $144 million gain driven by favorable tax effects partially offset by additional European taxes on the energy sector.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products Operational Results

(thousands of barrels daily)202420232022
Refinery throughput
United States1,8651,8481,702
Canada399407418
Europe1,0391,1661,192
Asia Pacific432498539
Other165149179
Worldwide3,9004,0684,030
Energy Products sales (1)
United States2,7222,6332,426
Non-U.S.2,6962,8282,921
Worldwide5,4185,4615,347
Gasoline, naphthas2,2512,2882,232
Heating oils, kerosene, diesel1,7691,7951,774
Aviation fuels355336338
Heavy fuels200214235
Other energy products844829768
Worldwide5,4185,4615,347
(1) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

Chemical Products

ExxonMobil is a leading global manufacturer and marketer of petrochemicals that support modern living. Chemical Products help meet society’s essential needs by providing a wide range of innovative products efficiently and responsibly. The Company is uniquely positioned with a combination of industry-leading scale, integration, and proprietary technology, which are fundamental to producing affordable products that are more sustainable, use less material, save energy, and reduce waste. These competitive advantages are underpinned by operational excellence, advantaged investments, and cost discipline. This segment includes olefins, polyolefins, and intermediates.

Over the long term, worldwide demand for chemicals is expected to grow faster than the economy, driven by global population growth, an expanding middle class, and improving living standards. Chemical Products integration with refineries, performance product mix, and project execution capability improves returns on investments across a range of market environments.

In 2024, chemical industry margins remained bottom-of-cycle, below the pre-COVID 10-year historical range (2010-2019), as capacity additions from 2022-2024 have exceeded demand growth. The Company optimized production across our global footprint to profitably meet customer demand. Our earnings benefited from record reliability, record high-value products sales, and a large North American footprint where low ethane prices provide a feed advantage.

Key Recent Events

China Chemical Complex: ExxonMobil is investing in a petrochemical complex in the Dayawan Petrochemical Industrial Park in Huizhou, Guangdong Province, which is a significant step in growing our global manufacturing footprint and will be the first 100 percent foreign-owned petrochemical complex built in China. The facility will be focused on producing our unique high-performance polyethylene and polypropylene products. When completed, the complex will have three polyethylene and two polypropylene production lines for a combined capacity of over 2.5 million metric tons per year. This capacity will more efficiently serve China’s domestic demand, which is currently being met with imports.

Advanced Recycling: ExxonMobil is combining proprietary technology and advantaged integrated sites to process hard-to-recycle plastic waste. The Company’s first Baytown facility started up in 2022 and represents one of the largest advanced recycling facilities in North America. ExxonMobil is expanding advanced recycling capacity with two additional Baytown units starting up during 2025. The Company plans to build additional units to reach a global recycling capacity of 1 billion pounds per year by 2027.

54

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202420232022
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,6271,6262,328
Non-U.S.950111,215
Total2,5771,6373,543
Identified Items (1)
United States(43)32
Non-U.S.(52)(420)
Total(95)(388)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States1,6701,5942,328
Non-U.S.1,0024311,215
Total2,6722,0253,543
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2024 Chemical Products Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Improved company margins on North American ethane feed advantage and improved product realizations increased earnings by $890 million, despite continued bottom-of-cycle market conditions.

Advantaged Volume Growth – Record high-value product sales increased earnings by $410 million.

Base Volume – Portfolio optimization and product sales mix decreased earnings by $270 million.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $190 million.

Expenses – Higher advantaged project spend and inflation effects decreased earnings by $490 million.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $80 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(388) million loss was primarily driven by impairments; 2024 $(95) million loss driven by impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

55

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2023 Chemical Products Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Weaker margins decreased earnings by $870 million due to bottom-of-cycle price conditions, as industry supply additions continued to outpace demand growth.

Advantaged Volume Growth – High-value product sales growth increased earnings by $210 million.

Base Volume – Reduced volumes from product sales mix decreased earnings by $360 million.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $220 million.

Expenses – Higher project spend and scheduled maintenance costs decreased earnings by $690 million.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $30 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(388) million loss was primarily driven by impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Chemical Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202420232022
Chemical product sales (2)
United States7,0386,7797,270
Non-U.S.12,35412,60311,897
Worldwide19,39219,38219,167
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

56

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Specialty Products

ExxonMobil Specialty Products is a combination of business units that manufacture and market a range of performance products, including high-quality lubricants, basestocks, waxes, synthetics, elastomers, and resins. Leveraging ExxonMobil’s proprietary technologies, Specialty Products focuses on providing performance products that help customers improve efficiency in the transportation and industrial sectors.

Specialty Products is well-positioned to help meet growth in lubricants demand through advantaged projects that leverage ExxonMobil's integration, technology, and world-class brands, such as Mobil 1TM.

In 2024, Specialty Products continued to deliver strong earnings from our portfolio of high-value products and brand market position.

Key Recent Events

Singapore Resid Upgrade project: Progressed project with expected start-up in 2025, which will leverage two proprietary technologies to upgrade fuel oil to Group II lubes and diesel, further strengthening ExxonMobil’s position as the largest basestock producer in the world.

ProxximaTM Systems: ExxonMobil's advanced polyolefin thermoset resin uses components of gasoline and catalyst technology to create a material that is lighter, stronger, and more durable than conventional products, providing alternatives for the construction, coatings and transportation industries. These systems are designed to drive product substitutions in existing markets and enable expansion into new applications like structural composites and steel substitutes. ExxonMobil plans to grow the manufacturing capacity of ProxximaTM products up to 200,000 tons per year by 2030.

Carbon Materials venture: ExxonMobil is growing its carbon materials venture by applying proprietary process technology to capture attractive opportunities in the battery anode market. The Company has developed an advanced coke product by converting low-value, bottom-of-the-barrel molecules that can deliver a higher performance differentiated graphite. These carbon materials enable batteries that can provide up to 30 percent higher capacity, 30 percent faster charging time, and extended battery life.

Specialty Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202420232022
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,5761,5361,190
Non-U.S.1,4761,1781,225
Total3,0522,7142,415
Identified Items (1)
United States(4)12
Non-U.S.(9)(105)(40)
Total(13)(93)(40)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States1,5801,5241,190
Non-U.S.1,4851,2831,265
Total3,0652,8072,455
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

57

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2024 Specialty Products Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Stronger basestocks and finished lubes margins increased earnings by $590 million.

Advantaged Volume Growth – High-value products volume growth increased earnings by $70 million.

Base Volume – Decreased earnings by $10 million.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $130 million.

Expenses – Higher expenses including new product development costs, decreased earnings by $300 million.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $220 million, mainly unfavorable foreign exchange effects and absence of prior year favorable year-end inventory effects.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(93) million loss mainly from impairments; 2024 $(13) million loss.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2023 Specialty Products Earnings Driver Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margin – Stronger margins increased earnings by $450 million, driven by high-value products and lower feed costs.

Advantaged Volume Growth – High-value products volume growth decreased earnings by $20 million.

Base Volume – Base Volumes decreased earnings by $100 million on weaker global demand.

Structural Cost Savings – Increased earnings by $120 million.

Expenses – Higher expenses decreased earnings by $100 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(40) million loss from impairments; 2023 $(93) million loss mainly from impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Specialty Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202420232022
Specialty Products sales (2)
United States1,9221,9622,049
Non-U.S.5,7455,6355,762
Worldwide7,6667,5977,810
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Corporate and Financing

Corporate and Financing is comprised of corporate activities that support ExxonMobil's operating segments and Low Carbon Solutions business. Corporate activities include general administrative support functions, financing, and insurance activities. Low Carbon Solutions activities will be included in Corporate and Financing until the business is established with a material level of assets and revenue.

Corporate and Financing Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202420232022
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)(1,372)(1,791)(1,663)
Identified Items (1)3076302
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)(1,402)(1,867)(1,965)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2024Corporate and Financing expenses were $1,372 million in 2024 compared to $1,791 million in 2023, with the decrease mainly due to lower financing costs.
2023Corporate and Financing expenses were $1,791 million in 2023 compared to $1,663 million in 2022, with the increase mainly due to the absence of prior year favorable tax-related items, partly offset by lower financing costs.

60

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and Uses of Cash
(millions of dollars)202420232022
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities55,02255,36976,797
Investing activities(19,938)(19,274)(14,742)
Financing activities(42,789)(34,297)(39,114)
Effect of exchange rate changes(676)105(78)
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents(8,381)1,90322,863
Total cash and cash equivalents (December 31)23,18731,56829,665

Total cash and cash equivalents were $23.2 billion at the end of 2024, down $8.4 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2024 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $35.1 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $23.4 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $5.0 billion, other investing activities of $1.9 billion, and cash acquired from mergers and acquisitions of $0.8 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $24.3 billion; dividends to shareholders of $16.7 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $19.6 billion; debt repayment of $5.9 billion; additional investments and advances of $3.3 billion; and an increase in working capital of $1.8 billion.

Total cash and cash equivalents were $31.6 billion at the end of 2023, up $1.9 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2023 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $37.4 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $20.6 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $4.1 billion, and other investing activities of $1.6 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $21.9 billion; dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $17.7 billion; additional investments and advances of $3.0 billion; and a change in working capital of $4.3 billion.

The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are expected to cover the majority of financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt. On December 31, 2024, the Corporation had undrawn short-term committed lines of credit of $0.2 billion and undrawn long-term lines of credit of $1.3 billion.

To support cash flows in future periods, the Corporation will need to continually find or acquire and develop new fields, and continue to develop and apply new technologies and recovery processes to existing fields, in order to maintain or increase production. After a period of production at plateau rates, it is the nature of oil and gas fields to eventually produce at declining rates for the remainder of their economic life. Decline rates can vary widely by individual field due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the type of reservoir, fluid properties, recovery mechanisms, work activity, and age of the field. In particular, the Corporation’s key tight-oil plays have higher initial decline rates which tend to moderate over time. Furthermore, the Corporation’s net interest in production for individual fields can vary with price and the impact of fiscal and commercial terms.

The Corporation has long been successful at mitigating the effects of natural field decline through disciplined investments in quality opportunities and project execution. The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups; operational outages; reservoir performance; regulatory changes; the impact of fiscal and commercial terms; asset sales; weather events; price effects on production sharing contracts; changes in the amount and timing of investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment; and international trade patterns and relations. The Corporation’s cash flows are also highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices. Please refer to Item 1A for a more complete discussion of risks.

The Corporation’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. Cash Capex in 2024 was $25.6 billion, reflecting the Corporation’s continued active investment program, and includes plans to invest in the range of $27 billion to $29 billion in 2025 (see the Cash Capital Expenditures section for more details).

Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions. The Corporation has a large and diverse portfolio of development projects and exploration opportunities, which helps mitigate the overall political and technical risks of the Corporation’s Upstream segment and associated cash flow. Further, due to its financial strength and diverse portfolio of opportunities, the risk associated with failure or delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for operations and its fixed commitments.

61

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Corporation, as part of its ongoing asset management program, continues to evaluate its mix of assets for potential upgrade. Because of the ongoing nature of this program, dispositions will continue to be made from time to time which will result in either gains or losses. Additionally, the Corporation continues to evaluate opportunities to enhance its business portfolio through acquisitions of assets or companies, and enters into such transactions from time to time. Key criteria for evaluating acquisitions include strategic fit, cost and other synergies, potential for future growth, low cost of supply, and attractive valuations. Acquisitions may be made with cash, shares of the Corporation’s common stock, or both.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

2024

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $55.0 billion in 2024, $0.3 billion lower than 2023. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $35.1 billion, a decrease of $2.3 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $23.4 billion, up $2.8 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.2 billion, an increase of $0.7 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was an increase of $0.2 billion, compared to an increase of $0.5 billion in 2023. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2024 by $1.8 billion.

2023

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $55.4 billion in 2023, $21.4 billion lower than 2022. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $37.4 billion, a decrease of $20.2 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $20.6 billion, down $3.4 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $0.5 billion, a decrease of $0.5 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was an increase of $0.5 billion, compared to a reduction of $2.4 billion in 2022. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2023 by $4.3 billion.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

2024

Cash used in investing activities netted to $19.9 billion in 2024, $0.7 billion higher than 2023. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $24.3 billion increased $2.4 billion from 2023. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $5.0 billion compared to $4.1 billion in 2023. Additional investments and advances were $0.3 billion higher in 2024, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances increased by $0.4 billion.

2023

Cash used in investing activities netted to $19.3 billion in 2023, $4.5 billion higher than 2022. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $21.9 billion increased $3.5 billion from 2022. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $4.1 billion compared to $5.2 billion in 2022. Additional investments and advances were $0.1 billion lower in 2023, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances increased by $0.1 billion.

62

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

2024

Cash used in financing activities was $42.8 billion in 2024, $8.5 billion higher than 2023. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.84 per share from $3.68 per share and totaled $16.7 billion. During 2024, the Corporation utilized cash to repay debt of $5.9 billion.

During 2024, the Corporation continued its share repurchase program, including the purchase of 167 million shares at a book value of $19.1 billion in 2024. In its 2024 Corporate Plan Update released December 11, 2024, the Corporation stated that it is expected to continue its share repurchase program with a $20 billion repurchase pace per year through 2026, assuming reasonable market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the Company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be discontinued or resumed at any time. The timing and amount of shares actually purchased in the future will depend on market, business, and other factors.

2023

Cash used in financing activities was $34.3 billion in 2023, $4.8 billion lower than 2022. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.68 per share from $3.55 per share and totaled $14.9 billion.

During 2023, the Corporation continued its share repurchase program for up to $50 billion in shares through 2024, including the purchase of 162 million shares at a book value of $17.5 billion in 2023.

Contractual Obligations

The Corporation has contractual obligations involving commitments to third parties that impact its liquidity and capital resource needs. These contractual obligations are primarily for leases, debt, asset retirement obligations, pension and other postretirement benefits, take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations, and firm capital commitments. See Notes 9, 11, 14 and 17 for information related to asset retirement obligations, leases, long-term debt and pensions, respectively.

In addition, the Corporation also enters into commodity purchase obligations (volumetric commitments but no fixed or minimum price) which are resold shortly after purchase, either in an active, highly liquid market or under long-term, unconditional sales contracts with similar pricing terms. Examples include long-term, noncancelable LNG and natural gas purchase commitments and commitments to purchase refinery products at market prices. These commitments are not meaningful in assessing liquidity and cash flow, because the purchases will be offset in the same periods by cash received from the related sales transactions.

Take-or-pay obligations are noncancelable, long-term commitments for goods and services. Unconditional purchase obligations are those long-term commitments that are noncancelable or cancelable only under certain conditions, and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the contracted goods or services. These obligations mainly pertain to pipeline, manufacturing supply and terminal agreements. The total obligation at year-end 2024 for take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations was $49.9 billion. Cash payments expected in 2025 and 2026 are $5.5 billion and $6.3 billion, respectively.

Guarantees

The Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries were contingently liable at December 31, 2024 for guarantees relating to notes, loans and performance under contracts (Note 16). Where guarantees for environmental remediation and other similar matters do not include a stated cap, the amounts reflect management’s estimate of the maximum potential exposure. Where it is not possible to make a reasonable estimation of the maximum potential amount of future payments, future performance is expected to be either immaterial or have only a remote chance of occurrence. Guarantees are not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

63

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Strength

On December 31, 2024, the Corporation had total unused short-term committed lines of credit of $0.2 billion (Note 6) and total unused long-term committed lines of credit of $1.3 billion (Note 14). The table below shows the Corporation’s consolidated debt to capital ratios.

(percent)202420232022
Debt to capital13.416.416.9
Net debt to capital (1)6.54.55.4
(1) Net debt is total debt less cash and cash equivalents excluding restricted cash. Net debt to capital ratio is net debt divided by net debt plus total equity. Total debt is the sum of notes and loans payable and long-term debt, as reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Management views the Corporation’s financial strength to be a competitive advantage of strategic importance. The Corporation’s financial position gives it the opportunity to access the world’s capital markets across a range of market conditions, and enables the Corporation to take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value.

The Corporation's total debt level remained relatively flat in 2024, ending the year at $41.7 billion.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

As discussed in Note 16, a variety of claims have been made against ExxonMobil and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuit against ExxonMobil will have a material adverse effect upon the Corporation’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition. Refer to Note 16 for additional information on legal proceedings and other contingencies.

CAPITAL AND EXPLORATION EXPENDITURES

Capital and exploration expenditures (Capex) represents the combined total of additions at cost to property, plant and equipment, and exploration expenses on a before-tax basis from the Consolidated Statement of Income. ExxonMobil’s Capex includes its share of similar costs for equity companies. Capex excludes assets acquired in nonmonetary exchanges, the value of ExxonMobil shares used to acquire assets, and depreciation on the cost of exploration support equipment and facilities recorded to property, plant and equipment when acquired. While ExxonMobil’s management is responsible for all investments and elements of net income, particular focus is placed on managing the controllable aspects of this group of expenditures.

(millions of dollars)20242023
U.S.Non-U.S.TotalU.S.Non-U.S.Total
Upstream (including exploration expenses)11,25210,59621,8488,81310,94819,761
Energy Products7561,6102,3661,1951,5802,775
Chemical Products7391,3322,0717511,9622,713
Specialty Products14527041563391454
Other851851622622
Total Capex13,74313,80827,55111,44414,88126,325

Capex in 2024 was $27.6 billion, as the Corporation continued to pursue opportunities to find and produce new supplies of oil and natural gas to meet global demand for energy.

Upstream spending of $21.8 billion in 2024 was up $2.1 billion from 2023, reflecting higher spend in the U.S. Permian Basin following the Pioneer acquisition. Development projects typically take several years from the time of recording proved undeveloped reserves to the start of production and can exceed five years for large and complex projects. The percentage of proved developed reserves was 63 percent of total proved reserves at year-end 2024, and has been over 60 percent for the last ten years.

Capital investments in the three Product Solutions businesses totaled $4.9 billion in 2024, a decrease of $1.1 billion from 2023, reflecting lower global project spending. Key investments in 2024 included the China petrochemical complex and Singapore Resid Upgrade project. Other spend of $0.9 billion primarily reflects investments in the Low Carbon Solutions business to advance carbon capture and storage, lithium, and virtually carbon-free hydrogen (with approximately 98% of the carbon captured and stored) projects and technologies.

64

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CASH CAPITAL EXPENDITURES (Non-GAAP)

The Corporation has transitioned to providing forward investment guidance on a cash capital expenditures (Cash Capex) basis instead of the historical capital and exploration expense (Capex) basis. This approach is a useful measure for investors to understand the cash impact of investments in the business and is more aligned with standard industry practice.

Cash Capex is the sum of Additions to property, plant and equipment; Additional investments and advances; and Other investing activities including collection of advances; reduced by Inflows from noncontrolling interests for major projects, each from the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows.

The components of Cash Capex and a reconciliation to the previous Capex metric are presented in the following table:

(millions of dollars)20242023
Capital and Exploration Expenditures (Capex)27,55126,325
ExxonMobil’s share of Capex for equity companies(2,546)(2,741)
Exploration expenses excluding prior year dry holes(755)(567)
Other activities including finance leases56(1,098)
Additions to property, plant and equipment24,30621,919
Additional investments and advances3,2992,995
Other investing activities including collection of advances(1,926)(1,562)
Inflows from noncontrolling interests for major projects(32)(124)
Total Cash Capex (Non-GAAP)25,64723,228
(millions of dollars)20242023
U.S.Non-U.S.TotalU.S.Non-U.S.Total
Upstream11,2768,98520,2618,7838,12216,905
Energy Products7051,5132,2181,2841,5472,831
Chemical Products6711,2121,8837181,7022,420
Specialty Products14526340863391454
Other877877618618
Total Cash Capex (Non-GAAP)13,67411,97325,64711,46611,76223,228

Cash Capex in 2024 was $25.6 billion. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $27 billion to $29 billion in 2025. Included in the 2025 capital spend range is $8.1 billion of firm capital commitments. An additional $10.0 billion of firm capital commitments have been made for years 2026 and beyond. Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions.

65

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TAXES

(millions of dollars)202420232022
Income taxes13,81015,42920,176
Effective income tax rate33%33%33%
Total other taxes and duties29,89432,19131,455
Total43,70447,62051,631

2024

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $43.7 billion in 2024, a decrease of $3.9 billion from 2023. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $13.8 billion compared to $15.4 billion in 2023. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 33 percent. This was flat compared to 2023. Total other taxes and duties of $29.9 billion in 2024 decreased $2.3 billion from 2023.

2023

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $47.6 billion in 2023, a decrease of $4.0 billion from 2022. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $15.4 billion compared to $20.2 billion in 2022. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 33 percent. This was flat compared to 2022, with higher effective rates from various jurisdictions offset by a lower impact from additional European taxes on the energy sector. Total other taxes and duties of $32.2 billion in 2023 increased $0.7 billion from 2022.

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Environmental Expenditures

(millions of dollars)20242023
Capital expenditures3,6072,799
Other expenditures5,3484,336
Total8,9557,135

Throughout ExxonMobil’s businesses, new and ongoing measures are taken to prevent and minimize the impact of our operations on air, water, and ground. These include significant investments in refining infrastructure and technology to manufacture clean fuels; projects to monitor and reduce air, water, and waste emissions, both from the Company’s operations and from other companies; and expenditures for asset retirement obligations. Using definitions and guidelines established by the American Petroleum Institute, ExxonMobil’s 2024 worldwide environmental expenditures for all such preventative and remediation steps, including ExxonMobil’s share of equity company expenditures, were $9.0 billion, of which $5.3 billion were included in expenses with the remainder in capital expenditures. As the Corporation progresses its emission-reduction plans, worldwide environmental expenditures are expected to increase to approximately $12 billion annually in 2025 and 2026, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 55 percent of the total in each year.

Environmental Liabilities

The Corporation accrues environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. This policy applies to assets or businesses currently owned or previously disposed. ExxonMobil has accrued liabilities for probable environmental remediation obligations at various sites, including multiparty sites where the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has identified ExxonMobil as one of the potentially responsible parties. The involvement of other financially responsible companies at these multiparty sites could mitigate ExxonMobil’s actual joint and several liability exposure. At present, no individual site is expected to have losses material to ExxonMobil’s operations or financial condition. Consolidated company provisions made in 2024 for environmental liabilities were $277 million ($208 million in 2023), and the balance sheet reflects liabilities of $734 million as of December 31, 2024, and $701 million as of December 31, 2023.

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

MARKET RISKS

Marker (1)202420232022
Brent ($ per barrel)80.7682.62101.19
Henry Hub ($ per metric million British thermal unit)2.272.746.65
TTF ($ per metric million British thermal unit)10.7715.1540.22
(1) Markers reflect the average prices from the year.

Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product, and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings have varied across the Corporation's operating segments. For the year 2025, a $1 per barrel change in the Brent price would have an approximately $650 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. This Brent sensitivity includes oil-linked LNG sales which make up approximately 10 percent of the sensitivity. A $0.10 per million metric British thermal unit change in the Henry Hub price would have an approximately $75 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. Similarly, a $0.10 per million metric British thermal unit change in the Title Transfer Facility (TTF) price would have an approximately $20 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. This TTF sensitivity primarily represents LNG sales. These price markers have a direct impact on our realized prices. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil, results of trading activities, taxes and other government take impacts, price adjustment lags in long-term gas contracts, and crude and gas production volumes. Accordingly, changes in benchmark prices for crude oil and natural gas only provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period.

In the very competitive petroleum and petrochemical environment, earnings are primarily determined by margin capture rather than absolute price levels of products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced. These prices in turn depend on global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, refinery operations, import/export balances and weather.

The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or more of the Corporation’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and very long lead times associated with many of our projects, underscore the importance of maintaining a strong financial position. Management views the Corporation’s financial strength as a competitive advantage.

In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and/or purchase products to/from other segments. Instead, where such sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive advantages of integrated refinery and chemical complexes. Additionally, intersegment sales are at market-based prices. The products bought and sold between segments can also be acquired in worldwide markets that have substantial liquidity, capacity, and transportation capabilities. Refer to Note 18 for additional information on intersegment revenue.

Although price levels of crude oil and natural gas may rise or fall significantly over the short to medium term due to global economic conditions, political events, decisions by OPEC or OPEC+ and other major government resource owners and other factors, industry economics over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand. The Corporation evaluates investments over a range of prices, including estimated greenhouse gas emission costs even in jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

The Corporation has an active asset management program in which nonstrategic assets are considered for divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure assets are contributing to the Corporation’s strategic objectives.

Risk Management

The Corporation’s size, strong capital structure, geographic diversity, and the complementary nature of its business segments reduce the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices, currency rates, and interest rates. In addition, the Corporation uses commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk and to generate returns from trading. The Corporation’s commodity derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. At times, the Corporation also enters into currency and interest rate derivatives, none of which are material to the Corporation’s financial position as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, or results of operations for the years ended 2024, 2023, and 2022. Credit risk associated with the Corporation’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. No material market or credit risks to the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity exist as a result of the derivatives described in Note 13. The Corporation maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity.

67

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Corporation is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its short-term debt and the portion of long-term debt that carries floating interest rates. The impact of a 100-basis-point change in interest rates affecting the Corporation’s debt would not be material to earnings or cash flow. The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are generally expected to cover financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt as required. Commercial paper is used to balance short-term liquidity requirements. Some joint-venture partners are dependent on the credit markets, and their funding ability may impact the development pace of joint-venture projects.

The Corporation conducts business in many foreign currencies and is subject to exchange rate risk on cash flows related to sales, expenses, financing, and investment transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates are often offsetting and the impacts on ExxonMobil’s geographically and functionally diverse operations are varied. The Corporation makes limited use of currency exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, and exposures related to the Corporation’s use of these contracts are not material.

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission and other new business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, ProxximaTM systems, carbon materials, and lithium. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s accounting policies are summarized in Note 1.

Oil and Natural Gas Reserves

The estimation of proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, and detailed analysis of reservoir and well performance, development and production costs, and other factors. The estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the Corporation through long-standing approval guidelines. Reserve changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by senior level geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the Global Reserves and Resources Group which has significant technical experience, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management. Notably, the Corporation does not use specific quantitative reserve targets to determine compensation. Key features of the reserve estimation process are covered in Disclosure of Reserves in Item 2.

Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves.

•Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year.

Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled proved acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for completion. Proved undeveloped reserves are recognized only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time.

The Corporation is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced. However, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policy, consumer preferences, and significant changes in oil and natural gas price levels.

•Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of (1) already available geologic, reservoir, or production data, (2) new geologic, reservoir, or production data, or (3) changes in the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in development strategy or production equipment and facility capacity.

68

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Unit-of-Production Depreciation

Oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. Acquisition costs of proved properties are depreciated using a ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves while capitalized drilling and developments costs are depreciated using a ratio of actual production volumes to proved developed reserves. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability.

In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the Corporation uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes.

Fair Value Used in Business Combinations

In accounting for business combinations, the purchase price paid to acquire a business is allocated to its assets and liabilities based on their respective estimated fair values as of the date of acquisition. If applicable, any excess of the purchase price over the fair value is recorded as goodwill. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant group.

On May 3, 2024, the Corporation acquired Pioneer Natural Resources Company (Pioneer), an independent oil and gas exploration and production company. To effect the acquisition, we issued 545 million shares of ExxonMobil common stock having a fair value of $63 billion on the acquisition date, and assumed debt with a fair value of $5 billion.

In respect of the Pioneer acquisition, the most significant amount of judgment involved the estimated fair values of property, plant and equipment related to crude oil and natural gas properties, for which we used discounted cash flow models. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, commodity prices consistent with the average of third-party industry experts, drilling and development costs, and risk-adjusted discount rates.

The assumptions and inputs incorporated within the fair value estimates are subject to considerable management judgement and are based on industry, market, and economic conditions prevalent at the time of the acquisition. Actual results may differ from the projected results used to determine fair value.

See Note 21 for further information regarding the Pioneer acquisition during 2024.

Impairment

The Corporation tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Corporation has a robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups throughout the year. This process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932, and relies, in part, on the Corporation’s planning and budgeting cycle.

Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the Corporation’s major assets are measured in decades, the future cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices and industry margins, development costs, and production costs. Significant reductions in the Corporation’s view of oil or natural gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce, or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in ASC 360, can be indicators of potential impairment as well.

In general, the Corporation does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments, and technology and efficiency advancements. OPEC+ investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities, alternative energy sources, and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major assets, the Corporation expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility. Consequently, these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of

69

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices and margins.

Global Outlook and Cash Flow Assessment. The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the Corporate Plan, is the mechanism by which resources (capital, operating expenses, and people) are allocated across the Corporation. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the Corporate Plan is the Global Outlook (Outlook), which contains the Corporation’s demand and supply projections based on its assessment of current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, economic development, and other factors. Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of necessary future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or the Corporation, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and the Corporation’s business plans will be updated accordingly.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the Corporate Plan, which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the Corporation’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs including greenhouse gas emission prices, and foreign currency exchange rates. Notably, when assessing future cash flows, the Corporation includes the estimated costs in support of reaching its 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reduction plans, including its goal of net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions from unconventional operated assets in the Permian Basin, and in Pioneer assets by 2035. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. While third-party scenarios may be used for these purposes, they are not used as a basis for developing future cash flows for impairment assessments. As part of the Corporate Plan, the Company considers estimated greenhouse gas emission costs, even for jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

Fair Value of Impaired Assets. An asset group is impaired if its estimated undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product sales volumes, commodity prices (which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and government agencies), refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs, and discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group.

Other Impairment Estimates. Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs are recorded based on the Corporation's future development plans, the estimated economic chance of success, and the length of time that the Corporation expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Judgment is required to determine if assets are held for sale and to determine the fair value less cost to sell.

Investments accounted for by the equity method are assessed for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Examples of key indicators include a history of operating losses, negative earnings and cash flow outlook, significant downward revisions to oil and gas reserves, and the financial condition and prospects for the investee’s business segment or geographic region. If the decline in value of the investment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the investment is written down to fair value. In the absence of market prices for the investment, discounted cash flows are used to assess fair value, which requires significant judgment.

Recent Impairments. Impairments in 2024 were immaterial.

In 2023, the Corporation recognized after-tax charges of $3.4 billion, primarily related to the idled Upstream Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California, which reflected the continuing challenges in the state regulatory environment that impeded progress towards restoring operations. Other impairments in the year included a $0.6 billion charge related to an Upstream equity investment.

70

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In early 2022, in response to Russia’s military action in Ukraine, the Corporation announced that it planned to discontinue operations on the Sakhalin-1 project (“Sakhalin”) and develop steps to exit the venture. The Corporation’s first quarter 2022 results included after-tax charges of $3.0 billion representing the impairment of its Upstream operations related to Sakhalin. (Refer to Note 2 for further information on Russia.) During 2022, other after-tax impairment charges of $1.6 billion and $0.3 billion were recognized in Upstream and Energy Products, respectively.

Factors which could put further assets at risk of impairment in the future include reductions in the Corporation’s price or margin outlooks, changes in the allocation of capital or development plans, reduced long-term demand for the Corporation's products, and operating cost increases which exceed the pace of efficiencies or the pace of oil and natural gas price or margin increases. However, due to the inherent difficulty in predicting future commodity prices or margins, and the relationship between industry prices and costs, it is not practicable to reasonably estimate the existence or range of any potential future impairment charges related to the Corporation’s long-lived assets.

For further information regarding impairments in equity method investments, property, plant, and equipment, and suspended wells, refer to Notes 7, 9, and 10, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Corporation is subject to retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are recorded as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the estimation of fair value, the Corporation uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts and timing of settlements, discount rates, and inflation rates. See Note 9 for further information regarding asset retirement obligations.

Pension Benefits

The Corporation and its affiliates sponsor about 70 defined benefit (pension) plans in 40 countries. Note 17 provides details on pension obligations, fund assets, and pension expense.

Some of these plans (primarily non-U.S.) provide pension benefits that are paid directly by their sponsoring affiliates out of corporate cash flow rather than a separate pension fund because applicable tax rules and regulatory practices do not encourage advance funding. Book reserves are established for these plans. The portion of the pension cost attributable to employee service is expensed as services are rendered. The portion attributable to the increase in pension obligations due to the passage of time is expensed over the term of the obligations, which ends when all benefits are paid. The primary difference in pension expense for unfunded versus funded plans is that pension expense for funded plans also includes a credit for the expected long-term return on fund assets.

For funded plans, including those in the U.S., pension obligations are financed in advance through segregated assets or insurance arrangements. These plans are managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and meet or exceed required funding levels as measured by relevant actuarial and government standards at the mandated measurement dates. In determining liabilities and required contributions, these standards often require approaches and assumptions that differ from those used for accounting purposes.

The Corporation will continue to make contributions to these funded plans as necessary. All defined-benefit pension obligations, regardless of the funding status of the underlying plans, are fully supported by the financial strength of the Corporation or the respective sponsoring affiliate.

Pension accounting requires explicit assumptions regarding, among others, the long-term expected earnings rate on fund assets, the discount rate for the benefit obligations, and the long-term rate for future salary increases. Pension assumptions are reviewed annually by outside actuaries and senior management. These assumptions are adjusted as appropriate to reflect changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected earnings rate on U.S. pension plan assets in 2024 was 6.8 percent. The 10-year and 20-year actual returns on U.S. pension plan assets were 4 percent and 5 percent, respectively. The Corporation establishes the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward-looking, long-term return assumption for each pension fund asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted-average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. A worldwide reduction of 0.5 percent in the long-term rate of return on assets would increase annual pension expense by approximately $140 million before tax.

Differences between actual returns on fund assets and the long-term expected return are not recognized in pension expense in the year that the difference occurs. Such differences are deferred, along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected remaining service life of employees.

71

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Litigation and Tax Contingencies

A variety of claims have been made against the Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. The Corporation accrues an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and significant, the Corporation discloses the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. As described in Note 16, for purposes of our contingency disclosures, “significant” includes material matters, as well as other matters, which management believes should be disclosed. Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The status of significant claims is summarized in Note 16.

Management judgment is required related to contingent liabilities and the outcome of litigation because both are difficult to predict. However, the Corporation has been successful in defending litigation in the past. Payments have not had a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. In the Corporation’s experience, large claims often do not result in large awards. Large awards are often reversed or substantially reduced as a result of appeal or settlement.

The Corporation is subject to income taxation in many jurisdictions around the world. The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the Corporation has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict. The Corporation’s unrecognized tax benefits and a description of open tax years are summarized in Note 19.

72

FY 2023 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000034088-24-000018.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2024-02-28. Report date: 2023-12-31.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements related to future events; projections; descriptions of strategic, operating, and financial plans and objectives; statements of future ambitions and plans; and other statements of future events or conditions are forward-looking statements. Similarly, discussion of roadmaps or future plans related to carbon capture, transportation and storage, biofuel, hydrogen, lithium and other future plans to reduce emissions and emission intensity of ExxonMobil, its affiliates, companies it is seeking to acquire and third parties are dependent on future market factors, such as continued technological progress, policy support and timely rule-making and permitting, and represent forward-looking statements.

Actual future results, including financial and operating performance; potential earnings, cash flow, dividends or shareholder returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; total capital expenditures and mix, including allocations of capital to low carbon investments; realization and maintenance of structural cost reductions and efficiency gains, including the ability to offset inflationary pressure; plans to reduce future emissions and emissions intensity, including ambitions to reach Scope 1 and Scope 2 net zero from operated assets by 2050, to reach Scope 1 and 2 net zero in Upstream Permian Basin unconventional operated assets by 2030 and in Pioneer Permian assets by 2035, to eliminate routine flaring in-line with World Bank Zero Routine Flaring, and to reach near-zero methane emissions from operated assets and other methane initiatives; meeting ExxonMobil’s divestment and start-up plans, and associated project plans as well as technology advances, including the timing and outcome of projects to capture, transport and store CO2, produce hydrogen, produce biofuels, produce lithium, and use plastic waste as feedstock for advanced recycling; timely granting of governmental permits and certifications; future debt levels and credit ratings; business and project plans, timing, costs, capacities and profitability; resource recoveries and production rates; and planned Denbury and Pioneer integrated benefits, could differ materially due to a number of factors.

These include global or regional changes in the supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petrochemicals, and feedstocks and other market factors, economic conditions and seasonal fluctuations that impact prices and differentials for our products; changes in law, regulations, taxes, trade sanctions, or policies, such as government policies supporting lower carbon investment opportunities such as the U.S. Inflation Reduction Act and the ability for projects to qualify for the financial incentives available thereunder, the punitive European taxes on the oil and gas sector and unequal support for different technological methods of emissions reduction or evolving, ambiguous and unharmonized standards imposed by various jurisdictions related to sustainability and GHG reporting; variable impacts of trading activities on our margins and results each quarter; actions of competitors and commercial counterparties; the outcome of commercial negotiations, including final agreed terms and conditions; the ability to access debt markets on favorable terms or at all; the occurrence, pace, rate of recovery and effects of public health crises, including the responses from governments; reservoir performance, including variability and timing factors applicable to unconventional resources; the level and outcome of exploration projects and decisions to invest in future reserves; timely completion of development and other construction projects; final management approval of future projects and any changes in the scope, terms, costs or assumptions of such projects as approved; the actions of government or other actors against our core business activities and acquisitions, divestitures or financing opportunities; war, civil unrest, attacks against the company or industry, and other geopolitical or security disturbances, including disruption of land or sea transportation routes; expropriations, seizure, or capacity, insurance, shipping or export limitations imposed by governments or laws; opportunities for potential acquisitions, investments or divestments and satisfaction of applicable conditions to closing, including timely regulatory approvals; the capture of efficiencies within and between business lines and the ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies; unforeseen technical or operating difficulties and unplanned maintenance; the development and competitiveness of alternative energy and emission reduction technologies; the results of research programs and the ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a cost-competitive basis; and other factors discussed under "Item 1A. Risk Factors."

Forward-looking and other statements regarding environmental and other sustainability efforts and aspirations are not an indication that these statements are material to investors or require disclosure in our filing with the SEC. In addition, historical, current, and forward-looking environmental and other sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change in the future, including future rule-making.

Energy demand models are forward-looking by nature and aim to replicate system dynamics of the global energy system, requiring simplifications. The reference to any scenario in this report, including any potential net-zero scenarios, does not imply ExxonMobil views any particular scenario as likely to occur. In addition, energy demand scenarios require assumptions on a variety of parameters. As such, the outcome of any given scenario using an energy demand model comes with a high degree of uncertainty. Third-party scenarios discussed in this report reflect the modeling assumptions and outputs of their respective authors, not ExxonMobil, and their use by ExxonMobil is not an endorsement by ExxonMobil of their underlying assumptions, likelihood or probability. Investment decisions are made on the basis of ExxonMobil’s separate planning process. Any use of the modeling of a third-party organization within this report does not constitute or imply an endorsement by ExxonMobil of any or all of the positions or activities of such organization.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Actions needed to advance ExxonMobil’s 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reductions plans are incorporated into its medium-term business plans, which are updated annually. The reference case for planning beyond 2030 is based on the Company’s Global Outlook (Outlook) research and publication. The Outlook is reflective of the existing global policy environment and an assumption of increasing policy stringency and technology improvement to 2050. However, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or ExxonMobil, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and the Company’s business plans will be updated accordingly. References to projects or opportunities may not reflect investment decisions made by the Corporation or its affiliates. Individual projects or opportunities may advance based on a number of factors, including availability of supportive policy, permitting, technological advancement for cost-effective abatement, insights from the company planning process, and alignment with our partners and other stakeholders. Capital investment guidance in lower-emission investments is based on our corporate plan; however, actual investment levels will be subject to the availability of the opportunity set, public policy support, and focused on returns.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

OVERVIEW

The following discussion and analysis of ExxonMobil’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of the management of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels, and lithium. ExxonMobil's reportable segments are Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Where applicable, ExxonMobil voluntarily discloses additional U.S., Non-U.S., and regional splits to help investors better understand the company's operations.

The company is organized along three businesses – Upstream, Product Solutions, and Low Carbon Solutions, aligning along market-focused value chains. Product Solutions consists of Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Low Carbon Solutions is included in Corporate and Financing as the business continues to mature through commercialization and deployment of technology. The businesses are supported by centralized service-delivery groups, including Global Projects, Technology and Engineering, Global Operations and Sustainability, as well as three organizations formed in 2023: Global Trading, Supply Chain, and Global Business Solutions.

ExxonMobil, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach and technology portfolio, is well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new supplies of reliable and affordable lower-emission energy and other critical products. The company’s integrated business model, with significant investments in Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products segments and Low Carbon Solutions businesses, generally reduces the Corporation’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, ExxonMobil’s investment decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in our long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities which target a low cost of supply to ensure long-term competitiveness. The annual Corporate Plan process establishes the economic assumptions used for evaluating investments and sets operating and capital objectives. The Global Outlook (Outlook), developed annually, is the foundation for the Corporate Plan assumptions. Price ranges for crude oil and natural gas, including price differentials, refinery and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emissions pricing, and foreign currency exchange rates are part of the Corporate Plan assumptions developed annually. Corporate Plan volume projections are based on individual field production profiles, which are also updated at least annually. Major investment opportunities are evaluated over a range of potential market conditions. All major investments are reappraised to ensure we learn from our decisions, and the development and execution of the project. Lessons learned are incorporated in future projects.

43

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Long-Term Business Outlook

ExxonMobil’s business planning is underpinned by a deep understanding of long-term market fundamentals. These fundamentals include supply and demand trends; the scale and variety of energy needs worldwide; capability, practicality and affordability of energy alternatives, including low-carbon solutions; greenhouse gas emission-reduction technologies; and relevant government policies. The Outlook considers these fundamentals to form the basis for the company’s long-term business planning, investment decisions, and research programs. The Outlook reflects the company’s view of global energy demand and supply through 2050. It is a projection based on current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic development.

In addition, ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. Included in the range of these scenarios are the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) Likely Below 2°C scenarios and three scenarios from the International Energy Agency (IEA): IEA Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS), which reflects a sector-by-sector assessment of current policy in place or announced by governments; IEA Announced Pledges Scenario (APS), which reflects aspirational government targets met on time and in full; and IEA Net Zero Emissions by 2050 Scenario (NZE), which the IEA describes as extremely challenging, acknowledging that society is not currently on the IEA NZE pathway. No single transition pathway can be reasonably predicted, given the wide range of uncertainties. Key unknowns include yet-to-be-developed government policies, market conditions, and advances in technology that may influence the cost, pace, and potential availability of certain pathways. Scenarios that employ a full complement of technology options are likely to provide the most economically efficient pathways.

Using our own experts and third-party sources, we monitor a variety of signposts that may indicate a potential shift in the energy transition. For example, the regional pace of the transition could be influenced by the cost of new technologies compared to existing or alternative energy sources. To effectively evaluate the pace of change, ExxonMobil uses many scenarios to help identify signposts that provide leading indicators of future developments and allow for timely adjustments to future versions of the Outlook.

Column 1Column 2
Developing countries projected to drive energy demand growthPrimary energy - Quadrillion BtuSource: ExxonMobil 2023 Global OutlookBy 2050, the world’s population is projected to be around 9.7 billion people, or about 2 billion more than in 2021. Coincident with this population increase, the Outlook projects worldwide economic growth to average approximately 2.5 percent per year, with economic output growing by around 110 percent by 2050 compared to 2021. As economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by almost 15 percent from 2021 to 2050. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)). As expanding prosperity drives global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy-efficient technologies and practices as well as lower-emission products will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption and CO2 emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key aspects of the world’s economy through 2050, affecting energy requirements for power generation, transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs.

Under our Outlook, global electricity demand is expected to increase about 80 percent from 2021 to 2050, with developing countries likely to account for over 75 percent of the increase. Consistent with this projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal-fired generation is expected to decline substantially to approximately 15 percent of the world’s electricity in 2050, versus approximately 35 percent in 2021, in part due to policies to improve air quality as well as reduce greenhouse gas emissions to address risks related to climate change. From 2021 to 2050, the amount of electricity supplied using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is expected to more than double, accounting for the entire growth in electricity supplies and offsetting the reduction of coal. Electricity from wind and solar is expected to increase more than 550 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, e.g., hydropower) to account for over 80 percent of the increase in electricity supplies through 2050. Total renewables are expected to reach about 50 percent of global electricity supplies by 2050. Natural gas and nuclear are expected to be about 20 percent and 10 percent, respectively, of global electricity supplies by 2050. Supplies of electricity by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions reflecting a wide range of factors, including the cost and availability of various energy supplies and policy developments.

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy for transportation - including cars, trucks, ships, trains, and airplanes - is expected to increase by over 30 percent from 2021 to 2050. Transportation energy demand is expected to account for more than 60 percent of the growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Light-duty vehicle demand for liquid fuels is projected to peak by around 2025, and then decline to levels seen in the early-2000s by 2050, as the impact of better fuel economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset growth in the worldwide car fleet of almost 70 percent. By 2050, light-duty vehicles are expected to account for around 15 percent of global liquid fuels demand. During the same time period, nearly all the world’s commercial transportation fleets are expected to continue to run on liquid fuels, including biofuels, which are expected to be widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small volumes.

Almost half of the world’s energy use is dedicated to industrial activity. As the global middle class continues to grow, demand for durable products, appliances, and consumable goods will increase. Industry uses energy products both as a fuel and as a feedstock for chemicals, asphalt, lubricants, waxes, and other specialty products. The Outlook anticipates technology advances, as well as the increasing shift toward cleaner forms of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, with coal declining. Demand for oil will continue to grow as a feedstock for industry.

As populations grow and prosperity rises, more energy will be needed to power homes, offices, schools, shopping centers, hospitals, etc. Combined residential and commercial energy demand is projected to rise by around 15 percent through 2050. Led by the growing economies of developing nations, average worldwide household electricity use will rise about 75 percent between 2021 and 2050.

Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today reflecting broad-based availability, affordability, ease of transportation, and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2050, global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to approximately 110 million oil-equivalent barrels per day, an increase of about 15 percent from 2021. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to increase to nearly 70 percent by 2050, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is expected to decline by more than 20 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from conventional sources; these supplies will remain important, and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of emerging supply sources - including tight oil, deepwater, oil sands, natural gas liquids, and biofuels - are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. Timely investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies.

Natural gas is a lower-emission, versatile, and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications. It is expected to grow the most of any primary energy type from 2021 to 2050, meeting about 40 percent of global energy demand growth. Global natural gas demand is expected to rise nearly 25 percent from 2021 to 2050, with greater than 75 percent of that increase coming from the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas - the natural gas found in shale and other tight rock formations - will help meet these needs. In total, about 50 percent of the growth in natural gas supplies is expected to come from unconventional sources. At the same time, conventionally-produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting around two-thirds of worldwide demand in 2050. LNG trade will expand significantly, meeting about two thirds of the increase in global demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising demand in Asia Pacific.

45

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Oil and natural gas projected to play a critical role in the global energy mix

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Primary energy - Quadrillion BtuPercent of primary energy
Source: ExxonMobil 2023 Global OutlookSource: ExxonMobil 2023 Global Outlook
* Electricity and Hydrogen are secondary energies derived from the primary energies shown
**Includes biomass, biofuels, hydropower, and geothermal

The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2050. Oil is expected to continue as the largest source of energy with its share remaining close to 30 percent in 2050. Coal and natural gas are the next largest sources of energy today, with the share of natural gas growing to more than 25 percent by 2050, while the share of coal falls to about half that of natural gas. Nuclear power is projected to grow, as many nations are likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs as well as energy security and environmental issues. Total renewable energy is expected to exceed 20 percent of global energy by 2050, with other renewables (e.g., biomass, hydropower, geothermal) contributing a combined share of more than 10 percent. Total energy supplied from wind and solar is expected to increase rapidly, growing over 500 percent from 2021 to 2050, when they are projected to be around 10 percent of the world energy mix.

Decarbonization of industrial activities will require a suite of nascent or future lower-carbon technologies and supporting policies. Lower-emission fuels, hydrogen-based fuels, and carbon capture and storage are three key lower-carbon solutions needed to support a lower-emission future, in addition to wind and solar. Along with electrification, lower-emission fuels are expected to play an important role in decarbonization of the transportation sector, particularly in hard-to-decarbonize areas, such as aviation. Low-carbon hydrogen will be a key enabler replacing traditional furnace fuel to decarbonize the industrial sector. Hydrogen and hydrogen-based fuels like ammonia are also expected to make inroads into commercial transportation as technology improves to lower its cost and policy develops to support the needed infrastructure development. Carbon capture and storage on its own, or in combination with hydrogen production, is among the few proven technologies that could enable CO2 emission reductions from high-emitting and hard-to-decarbonize sectors such as power generation and heavy industries, including manufacturing, refining, and petrochemicals.

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Significant oil and natural gas investment needed to meet projected global demand

Projected global oil supply and demand

Million barrels per day

Excludes biofuels; IEA STEPS, IEA APS, and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2023; Global Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2023 Global Outlook; IPCC Likely Below 2°C Average and Range Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 “Likely below 2°C” scenarios used

Projected global natural gas supply and demand

Billion cubic feet per day

IEA STEPS, IEA APS, and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2023; Global Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2023 Global Outlook; IPCC Likely Below 2°C Average and Range Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 “Likely below 2°C” scenarios used

To meet projected demand under our Outlook and the IEA's STEPS, the Corporation anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will grow, not only from new discoveries, but also from increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 2050 will be significant and would be needed to meet even rapidly declining demand for oil and gas envisioned in aggressive decarbonization scenarios.

International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. For many years, the Corporation has taken into account policies established to reduce energy-related greenhouse gas emissions in its long-term Outlook. The climate accord reached at the 2015 Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. Our Outlook reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and is consistent with the successful achievement of the global aggregation of Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), submitted by the nations that are signatories to the Paris Agreement, as available at the end of 2022. We have assumed success of these NDCs, despite the 2023 United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) Emissions Gap Report projecting that the G20 members will fall short of their NDCs. Our Outlook seeks to identify potential impacts of climate-related government policies, which often target specific sectors. For purposes of the Outlook, a proxy cost on energy-related CO2 emissions is assumed, based on regional considerations and relative levels of economic development, and by 2050, reaches up to $150 per metric ton for OECD nations and up to $100 per metric ton for non-OECD nations. China and other leading non-OECD nations are expected to trail OECD policy initiatives. Nevertheless, as people and nations look for ways to reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the affordability or reliability of the energy they need. The Corporation continues to monitor the updates to the NDCs that nations provided around COP 28 in Dubai in 2023, as well as other policy developments in light of net-zero ambitions formulated by some nations.

The information provided in the Outlook includes ExxonMobil’s internal estimates and projections based upon internal data and analyses as well as publicly available information from external sources including the International Energy Agency.

47

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Progress Reducing Emissions

The Corporation’s strategy seeks to maximize the advantages of our scale, business integration, leading technology, functional excellence, and our people to build globally competitive businesses that lead industry in earnings and cash flow growth across a range of future scenarios. We strive to play a leading role in the energy transition, bringing to bear these same advantages while retaining investment flexibility across a portfolio of evolving opportunities to grow shareholder value. With advancements in technology, clear and consistent government policies that support needed investments, and the development of market-driven mechanisms, we aim to achieve net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions in our operated assets by 2050. Our net-zero ambition is backed by a comprehensive approach centered on detailed emission-reduction roadmaps for our major operated assets that were completed in 2022. The roadmaps build on the company’s 2030 emission-reduction plans and, notably, include reaching net-zero Scope 1 and 2 emissions in our unconventional Permian Basin operated assets by 2030. Many of the required reduction steps are unaffordable with today's technology and policy support. We continue to update the roadmaps to reflect technology and policy, and to account for the many potential pathways, and the pace of the energy transition.

Compared to 2016 levels, our 2030 plans are expected to drive the following reductions:

•20-30 percent reduction in corporate-wide greenhouse gas intensity;

•70-80 percent reduction in corporate-wide methane intensity;

•40-50 percent reduction in upstream greenhouse gas intensity; and

•60-70 percent reduction in corporate-wide flaring intensity.

The achievement of these plans is also expected to result in an absolute reduction in corporate-wide greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 20 percent, compared to 2016 levels.

Our emission-reduction plans cover Scope 1 and 2 emissions from assets we operate. These plans exclude our recent acquisition of Denbury Inc.

The Corporation plans to continue to pursue lower-emission investments. These investments are targeted at reducing emissions in the company’s operations as well as reducing the emissions of other companies. At this early stage, supportive policy remains critical to enable emissions reductions, advance technology, and drive scale to improve costs.

ExxonMobil’s Low Carbon Solutions business is working with the Product Solutions and Upstream businesses to grow a pipeline of emission-reduction opportunities in carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and lower-emission fuels, as well as lithium to supply the global battery and electric vehicle markets. Our customers, many governments, and others recognize our combination of experience, skills, and capabilities that have the potential to help reduce the emissions of others. For example, on the U.S. Gulf Coast, we see an opportunity to create a carbon capture and storage business that will allow industrial customers to reduce their emissions. The recent acquisition of Denbury expands our capabilities in this area, providing ExxonMobil with the largest owned and operated network of CO2 pipelines in the United States, including over 900 miles of pipelines near the largest industrial complexes on the Gulf Coast. Combining Denbury’s assets and our experience expands our ability to help customers in the region reduce their emissions at a lower cost and faster pace. A cost-efficient transportation and storage system has the potential to accelerate carbon capture and storage deployment for both ExxonMobil and our third-party customers. Policy support, along with technology advancements and the development of market-driven mechanisms, will continue to be important to the development and deployment of lower-emission solutions.

48

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Recent Business Environment

Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, many companies in the industry invested below the levels needed to maintain or increase production capacity to meet anticipated demand. During the COVID-19 pandemic, this decline in investments accelerated as industry revenue collapsed resulting in underinvestment and supply tightness as demand for petroleum and petrochemical products recovered. In addition, industry rationalization of refining assets resulted in more than 3 million barrels per day of capacity being taken offline. These reductions, along with supply chain constraints and a continuation of demand recovery, led to a steady increase in oil and natural gas prices and refining margins through 2022.

Energy markets began to normalize in 2023, down from their 2022 highs. During the first half of 2023, the price of crude oil declined towards the average of the pre-COVID 10-year range (2010-2019), impacted by higher inventory levels. In the second half, crude oil prices increased modestly from strong demand and ongoing actions by OPEC+ oil producers to limit supply. In the first nine months of the year, natural gas prices declined significantly with storage levels increasing above historical averages in the United States and Europe on higher supply and lower demand. In the fourth quarter, natural gas prices improved as higher heating demand in the U.S. and supply interruptions in Europe and Asia brought prices back above the 10-year range.

Throughout 2023, refining margins declined on easing supply concerns with stabilization of Russian supply. Strong demand for gasoline and distillate, combined with low inventories, kept refining margins above the 10-year range until the fourth quarter when refining margins settled near the middle of the 10-year range due to lower seasonal demand. Chemical margins remained well below the 10-year range throughout the year as continued demand growth was met with robust supply additions.

The general rate of inflation across major countries peaked in 2022, rising from already elevated levels in 2021, due to additional impacts on energy and other commodities from the Russia-Ukraine conflict. Inflation moderated in 2023 as major central banks tightened monetary policy aggressively and global GDP growth slowed. It currently remains higher than the central bank’s inflation target in the U.S. and Eurozone; however, major central banks have recently paused further rate tightening. Meanwhile, there are significant variations across OECD and non-OECD in the pace of change in inflation.

The Corporation closely monitors market trends and works to mitigate both operating and capital cost impacts in all price environments. Organizational changes implemented over the past several years enabled the Corporation to capture $9.7 billion of structural cost savings(1) versus 2019, including $2.3 billion of savings during 2023, through increased operational efficiencies and reduced staffing costs. The company sees additional opportunities in areas such as supply chain efficiency, improved maintenance and turnarounds, modernized data management, and simplified business processes. These savings are key drivers for further improving the earnings power of the Corporation.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of structural cost savings.

Transportation of Kazakhstan Production

The Corporation holds a 25 percent interest in Tengizchevroil, LLP (TCO), which operates the Tengiz and Korolev oil fields in Kazakhstan, and a 16.8 percent working interest in the Kashagan field in Kazakhstan. Oil production from those operations is exported through the Caspian Pipeline Consortium (CPC), in which the Corporation holds a 7.5 percent interest. CPC traverses parts of Kazakhstan and Russia to tanker-loading facilities on the Russian coast of the Black Sea. In the event geopolitical issues escalate in the region, including ongoing military conflict, it is possible that the transportation of Kazakhstan oil through the CPC pipeline could be disrupted, curtailed, temporarily suspended, or otherwise restricted. In such a case, the Corporation could experience a loss of cash flows of uncertain duration from its operations in Kazakhstan. For reference, after-tax earnings related to the Corporation’s interests in Kazakhstan in 2023 were approximately $2.0 billion, and its share of combined oil and gas production was approximately 275 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.

Additional European Taxes on the Energy Sector

On October 6, 2022, European Union (“EU”) Member States adopted an EU Council Regulation which, along with other measures, introduced a new tax described as an emergency intervention to address high energy prices. This regulation imposed a mandatory tax on certain companies active in the crude petroleum, coal, natural gas, and refinery sectors. The regulation required Member States to levy a minimum 33 percent tax on in-scope companies’ 2022 and/or 2023 “surplus profits", defined in the regulation as taxable profits exceeding 120 percent of the annual average profits during the 2018-2021 period. EU Member States were required to implement the tax, or an equivalent national measure, by December 31, 2022. The enactment of these regulations by Member States resulted in an after-tax charge of approximately $1.8 billion to the Corporation’s fourth-quarter 2022 results and approximately $0.2 billion in 2023, mainly reflected in the line “Income tax expense (benefit)” on the Consolidated Statement of Income. Remaining cash payments are anticipated in the first half of 2024.

49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS RESULTS

Upstream

ExxonMobil has a diverse growth portfolio of exploration and development opportunities, which allows the Corporation to be selective in our investments, maximizing shareholder value and mitigating political and technical risks. ExxonMobil’s strategies guide our global Upstream business, including capturing material and accretive opportunities to continually high-grade the resource portfolio, selectively developing attractive oil and natural gas resources, developing and applying high-impact technologies, and pursuing productivity and efficiency gains as well as a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. These strategies are underpinned by a relentless focus on operational excellence, development of our employees, and investment in the communities in which we operate.

The Upstream capital program continues to prioritize low cost-of-supply opportunities. ExxonMobil has a strong pipeline of development projects including continued growth in Guyana and the Permian Basin, as well as LNG expansion opportunities in Qatar, Mozambique, Papua New Guinea, and the United States. As future development projects and drilling activities bring new production online, the Corporation expects a shift in the geographic mix and in the type of opportunities from which volumes are produced. Based on the current investment plans and merger with Pioneer, the proportion of oil-equivalent production from the Americas is generally expected to increase over the next several years. Currently about half of the Corporation's global production comes from unconventional, deepwater, and LNG resources. This proportion is generally expected to grow.

The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups, operational outages, reservoir performance, regulatory changes, the impact of fiscal and commercial terms, asset sales, weather events, price effects on production sharing contracts, changes in the amount and timing of capital investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment, international trade patterns and relations, and other factors described in "Item 1A. Risk Factors".

ExxonMobil believes prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand side largely being a function of general economic activities, levels of prosperity, technology advances, consumer preference and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be significantly impacted by political events, the actions of OPEC and other large government resource owners, alternative energy sources, and other factors.

Key Recent Events

Guyana: Exploration success continued with four additional discoveries on the Stabroek Block in 2023. Prosperity, the third floating production, storage and offloading (FPSO) vessel, started production at the Payara development on the Stabroek Block in November 2023 and reached nameplate capacity in January 2024, well ahead of schedule. Liza Destiny and Liza Unity FPSO vessels continued to produce above nameplate capacity. The combined gross production from the three operating vessels exceeded 390 thousand barrels of oil per day (kbd) in 2023 and nearly 440 kbd in the fourth quarter of 2023. Yellowtail and Uaru, the fourth and fifth developments on the Block, are progressing on schedule and will each initially produce approximately 250 kbd. We anticipate six FPSO vessels will be in operation on the Stabroek Block by year-end 2027. We are working with the government of Guyana to secure regulatory approvals for a sixth project at Whiptail.

Permian: Production volumes averaged about 610 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day (koebd) in 2023, approximately 60 koebd higher than the previous year. ExxonMobil operations continue to deliver industry-leading capital efficiency and cost performance by leveraging scale, integration, and technology. Examples include best-in-class laterals, up to four miles, which will result in fewer wells and a smaller surface footprint. ExxonMobil remains on track to achieve industry-leading plans of net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions from our operated unconventional operations in the Permian Basin by 2030. In 2023, operation teams sustained zero routine flaring(1), completed the program to eliminate over 6,000 pneumatic venting devices, increased electrification of operations, signed long-term agreements to use lower-carbon wind power, and expanded continuous emissions monitoring programs. In October 2023, ExxonMobil announced a definitive agreement to acquire Pioneer in an all-stock transaction valued at $59.5 billion(2), more than doubling our Permian footprint. The transaction represents an opportunity to deliver leading capital efficiency and cost performance as well as increase production by combining Pioneer's large scale, contiguous, high-quality undeveloped Midland acreage with ExxonMobil's Permian resource development approach. In addition to increasing production, we plan to pull forward Pioneer's Net Zero ambition by 15 years, from 2050 to 2035.

LNG: ExxonMobil continued work on LNG growth projects in 2023. The Papua New Guinea LNG project progressed front-end engineering and design work in support of a final investment decision anticipated in 2024. Optimization of the Mozambique onshore LNG plans for Rovuma LNG to develop the gas resource continued, working to ensure the right conditions are met for full funding, including a sustainable and secure operating environment and a design that will achieve long-term project competitiveness. Construction continues on the Golden Pass LNG project with Train 1 mechanical completion expected at the end of 2024 with first LNG production in the first half of 2025.

(1) References to routine flaring herein are consistent with the World Bank's Zero Routine Flaring Reduction Partnership's (GGFRP) principle of routine flaring, and excludes safety and non-routine flaring.

(2) Based on the October 5, 2023, closing price for ExxonMobil shares and the fixed exchange rate of 2.3234 per Pioneer share.

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202320222021
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States4,20211,7283,663
Non-U.S.17,10624,75112,112
Total21,30836,47915,775
Identified Items (1)
United States(1,489)299(263)
Non-U.S.(812)(3,238)(280)
Total(2,301)(2,939)(543)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States5,69111,4293,926
Non-U.S.17,91827,98912,392
Total23,60939,41816,318
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2023 Upstream Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Price – Lower realizations decreased earnings by $14,290 million reflecting lower gas prices and crude price moderation with growing liquids supply to address record demand, and unfavorable mark-to-market impacts of $2,380 million.

Volume/Mix – Improved portfolio mix increased earnings by $970 million. The earnings benefit from the advantaged volume growth primarily in Guyana and the Permian more than offset the impacts from divestments, the Russia expropriation, and higher government-mandated curtailments.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $100 million on increased activity and inflation, partly offset by positive foreign exchange effects and structural efficiencies.

Identified Items(1) – 2022 $(2,939) million loss mainly driven by the Russia expropriation $(2,185) million and impacts from additional European taxes $(1,415) million, partly offset by gains of $886 million on the sale of the Romania, U.S. Barnett Shale, and XTO Energy Canada assets; 2023 $(2,301) million loss primarily due to the impairment of the idled Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

51

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2022 Upstream Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Price – Higher realizations increased earnings by $21,290 million reflecting tight supply and recovering demand, and favorable mark-to-market impacts of $2,800 million.

Volume/Mix – Volume and mix effects decreased earnings by $110 million. The earnings benefit from volume growth in Guyana and the Permian was offset by the volume loss from divestments, the Russia expropriation, and other impacts including weather-related downtime.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $880 million as strong cost control partly offset impacts from inflation and increased activity.

Identified Items(1) – 2021 $(543) million loss as a result of impairments of $(752) million and contractual provisions of $(250) million, partly offset by a $459 million gain from the U.K Central and Northern North Sea divestment; 2022 $(2,939) million loss mainly driven by the Russia expropriation $(2,185) million and impacts from additional European taxes $(1,415) million, partly offset by gains of $886 million on the sale of the Romania, U.S. Barnett Shale, and XTO Energy Canada assets.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Upstream Operational Results

202320222021
Net production of crude oil, natural gas liquids, bitumen and synthetic oil (thousands of barrels daily)
United States803776721
Canada/Other Americas664588560
Europe4422
Africa221238248
Asia721705695
Australia/Oceania364343
Worldwide2,4492,3542,289
Net natural gas production available for sale(millions of cubic feet daily)
United States2,3112,5512,746
Canada/Other Americas96148195
Europe414667808
Africa1257143
Asia3,4903,4183,465
Australia/Oceania1,2981,4401,280
Worldwide7,7348,2958,537
Oil-equivalent production (2)(thousands of oil-equivalent barrels daily)3,7383,7373,712
(2) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Additional Information
(thousands of barrels daily)20232022
Volumes Reconciliation (Oil-equivalent production) (1)
Prior Year3,7373,712
Entitlements - Net Interest(24)(44)
Entitlements - Price / Spend / Other56(34)
Government Mandates (2)(28)71
Divestments(114)(71)
Growth / Other (2)111103
Current Year3,7383,737
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.
(2) In the Volumes Reconciliation for 2022, -9 KOEBD has been recategorized from Growth / Other to Government Mandates following additional analysis in 2023 related to Groningen production limits.
2023 versus 20222023 production of 3.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day is in line with 2022. Permian and Guyana production grew by more than 120 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day, more than offsetting impacts from divestments. Excluding the impacts from entitlements, divestments, and higher government-mandated curtailments, net production grew by 111 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.
2022 versus 20212022 production of 3.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day increased 25 thousand barrels per day from 2021. Excluding the impacts from entitlements, Russia expropriation, divestments, and eased government-mandated curtailments, net production grew by 103 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day driven by Permian and Guyana.

Listed below are descriptions of ExxonMobil’s volumes reconciliation factors, which are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms.

Entitlements - Net Interest are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes caused by non-operational changes to volume-determining factors. These factors consist of net interest changes specified in Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs), which typically occur when cumulative investment returns or production volumes achieve defined thresholds, changes in equity upon achieving pay-out in partner investment carry situations, equity redeterminations as specified in venture agreements, or as a result of the termination or expiry of a concession. Once a net interest change has occurred, it typically will not be reversed by subsequent events, such as lower crude oil prices.

Entitlements - Price, Spend and Other are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes resulting from temporary changes to non-operational volume-determining factors. These factors include changes in oil and gas prices or spending levels from one period to another. According to the terms of contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, price or spending variability can increase or decrease royalty burdens and/or volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. For example, at higher prices, fewer barrels are required for ExxonMobil to recover its costs. These effects generally vary from period to period with field spending patterns or market prices for oil and natural gas. Such factors can also include other temporary changes in net interest as dictated by specific provisions in production agreements.

Government Mandates are changes to ExxonMobil's sustainable production levels as a result of production limits or sanctions imposed by governments.

Divestments are reductions in ExxonMobil’s production arising from commercial arrangements to fully or partially reduce equity in a field or asset in exchange for financial or other economic consideration.

Growth and Other factors comprise all other operational and non-operational factors not covered by the above definitions that may affect volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. Such factors include, but are not limited to, production enhancements from project and work program activities, acquisitions including additions from asset exchanges, downtime, market demand, natural field decline, and any fiscal or commercial terms that do not affect entitlements.

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products

ExxonMobil's Energy Products is one of the largest, most integrated businesses of its kind among international oil companies, with significant representation across the entire fuels value chain including refining, logistics, trading, and marketing. This segment includes the fuels and aromatics value chains and catalysts and licensing.

With the largest refining footprint among international oil companies, ExxonMobil’s Energy Products earnings are closely tied to industry refining margins. Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials and the market prices for the products produced. Crude oil and many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on multiple exchanges around the world (e.g. New York Mercantile Exchange and Intercontinental Exchange). Prices for these commodities are determined by the global marketplace and are influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, industry refinery operations, import/export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather, and political considerations. While industry refining margins significantly impact Energy Products earnings, strong operations performance, product mix optimization, and disciplined cost control are also critical to strong financial performance.

In 2023, refining margins remained above the pre-COVID 10-year historical range (2010–2019) but started to normalize from their 2022 highs. Continued strong margins were supported by gasoline and distillate demand growth and relatively low inventory levels. Refining margins will remain volatile with changes in global factors including geopolitical developments; demand growth; recession fears; inventory levels; and refining capacity utilizations, additions and rationalizations.

Key Recent Events

Capacity additions: The company started-up its Beaumont Refinery expansion in February 2023, two months early, and reached nameplate crude distillation capacity of 250 thousand barrels per day in March.

Strathcona Renewable Diesel project: In January 2023, ExxonMobil and its affiliates fully funded a project at Strathcona refinery to use low-carbon hydrogen, locally-sourced and grown feedstocks, and our proprietary catalyst to produce 20 thousand barrels of renewable diesel per day that will help reduce greenhouse gas emissions.

Singapore Resid Upgrade project: Progressed project with expected start-up in 2025, which will leverage two proprietary technologies to upgrade fuel oil to Group II lubes and diesel, further strengthening ExxonMobil’s competitiveness.

Billings divestment: In June 2023, ExxonMobil divested the Billings Refinery and select midstream assets in Montana and Washington.

Esso Thailand divestment: In August 2023, ExxonMobil sold its interest in Esso Thailand, which included the Sriracha Refinery, select distribution terminals, and a network of Esso-branded retail stations.

Italy Fuels divestment: In October 2023, ExxonMobil sold its interest in the Trecate Refinery joint venture, select midstream assets, and the fuels marketing business.

Miro Refinery sale: In October 2023, ExxonMobil reached an agreement to sell its interest in the Miro refinery located in Karlsruhe, Germany, and we expect the transaction to close in 2024.

54

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202320222021
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States6,1238,340668
Non-U.S.6,0196,626(1,014)
Total12,14214,966(347)
Identified Items (1)
United States192(58)
Non-U.S.(48)(626)
Total144(684)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States5,9318,398668
Non-U.S.6,0677,252(1,014)
Total11,99815,650(347)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.
2023 Energy Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Decreased earnings by $3,190 million as industry refining margins declined from 2022 highs, partially offset by stronger trading and marketing margins.

Volume/Mix – Increased earnings by $80 million reflecting improved reliability and higher throughput mainly driven by the Beaumont expansion, partially offset by higher planned maintenance and divestments.

Other – Decreased earnings by $540 million due to higher planned maintenance expenses and Beaumont project activities.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(684) million loss was primarily as a result of impairments and unfavorable tax items. 2023 $144 million gain was driven by favorable tax effects partially offset by additional European taxes on the energy sector.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

55

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2022 Energy Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Increased earnings by $14,360 million as industry refining conditions significantly improved from increased demand and low inventories, as well as stronger trading and marketing margins.

Volume/Mix – Increased earnings by $1,060 million reflecting improved product yields and higher throughput.

Other – Increased earnings by $570 million due to favorable foreign exchange and year-end inventory effects.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(684) million loss was driven by additional European taxes on the energy sector and impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Energy Products Operational Results

(thousands of barrels daily)202320222021
Refinery throughput
United States1,8481,7021,623
Canada407418379
Europe1,1661,1921,210
Asia Pacific498539571
Other149179162
Worldwide4,0684,0303,945
Energy Products sales (2)
United States2,6332,4262,267
Non-U.S.2,8282,9212,863
Worldwide5,4615,3475,130
Gasoline, naphthas2,2882,2322,158
Heating oils, kerosene, diesel1,7951,7741,749
Aviation fuels336338220
Heavy fuels214235269
Other energy products829768734
Worldwide5,4615,3475,130
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

56

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical Products

ExxonMobil is a leading global manufacturer and marketer of petrochemicals that support modern living. Chemical Products help meet society’s essential needs by providing a wide range of innovative products efficiently and responsibly. The company is uniquely positioned with a combination of industry-leading scale, integration, and proprietary technology, which are fundamental to producing affordable products that are more sustainable, use less material, save energy, and reduce waste. These competitive advantages are underpinned by operational excellence, advantaged investments, and cost discipline. This segment includes olefins, polyolefins, and intermediates.

Over the long term, worldwide demand for chemicals is expected to grow faster than the economy, driven by global population growth, an expanding middle class, and improving living standards. Chemical Products integration with refineries, performance product mix, and project execution capability improves returns on investments across a range of market environments.

In 2023, chemical industry margins remained bottom-of-cycle, below the pre-COVID 10-year historical range (2010-2019), as capacity exceeded demand growth. The company optimized production across our global footprint to profitably meet customer demand. Our earnings benefited from the North American feed and energy advantage, strong reliability, and higher performance products sales.

Key Recent Events

Performance Polymers expansion: ExxonMobil successfully started up a new performance polymers line in Baytown, Texas. This 400 thousand metric tons per year unit will make high-performance propylene and ethylene plastomers branded Vistamaxx™ and Exact™. These materials can be used to make better automotive parts, construction materials, personal care products, and solar panels.

Linear Alpha Olefins production: ExxonMobil successfully started up a new 350 thousand metric tons per year linear alpha olefins unit in Baytown, Texas. The unit will produce a full range of alpha olefin products that are essential to our Specialty and Chemical Products businesses. This marks ExxonMobil's entry into the linear alpha olefins market via Elevexx™ branded products. These materials can be used in plastic packaging, high-performing engine and industrial oils, and other applications.

Future capacity additions: ExxonMobil is investing in a petrochemical complex in the Dayawan Petrochemical Industrial Park in Huizhou, Guangdong Province, which is a significant step in growing our global manufacturing footprint and will be the first 100 percent foreign-owned petrochemical complex built in China. The facility will be focused on producing our unique high-performance polyethylene and polypropylene products. When completed, the complex will have three polyethylene and two polypropylene production lines for a combined capacity of over 2.5 million metric tons per year. This capacity will more efficiently serve China’s domestic demand, which is currently being met with imports.

57

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202320222021
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,6262,3283,697
Non-U.S.111,2153,292
Total1,6373,5436,989
Identified Items (1)
United States32
Non-U.S.(420)
Total(388)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States1,5942,3283,697
Non-U.S.4311,2153,292
Total2,0253,5436,989
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2023 Chemical Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Lower margins decreased earnings by $870 million due to bottom-of-cycle price conditions as industry supply additions continued to outpace demand growth.

Volume/Mix – Unfavorable sales mix decreased earnings by $160 million, partially offset by new volumes from strategic projects.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $490 million, primarily as a result of higher expenses from scheduled maintenance and production capacity additions.

Identified Items (1) – 2023 $(388) million loss was primarily driven by impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2022 Chemical Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Lower margins decreased earnings by $3,030 million with normalization of regional prices during the year, increased supply, and bottom-of-cycle conditions in Asia Pacific.

Volume/Mix – Product mix decreased earnings by $170 million.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $250 million primarily as a result of higher expenses from production capacity additions, and foreign exchange effects from a stronger U.S. dollar.

Chemical Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202320222021
Chemical product sales (1)
United States6,7797,2707,017
Non-U.S.12,60311,89712,126
Worldwide19,38219,16719,142
(1) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Specialty Products

ExxonMobil Specialty Products is a combination of business units that manufacture and market a range of performance products including high-quality lubricants, basestocks, waxes, synthetics, elastomers, and resins. Leveraging ExxonMobil’s proprietary technologies, Specialty Products focuses on providing performance products that help customers improve efficiency in the transportation and industrial sectors.

Specialty Products is well-positioned to help meet growth in lubricants demand through advantaged projects that leverage ExxonMobil's integration, technology, and world-class brands, such as Mobil 1TM.

In 2023, Specialty Products continued to deliver strong earnings from our portfolio of high-value products and brand market position.

Key Recent Events

Singapore Resid Upgrade project: Progressed project with expected start-up in 2025, which will leverage two proprietary technologies to upgrade fuel oil to Group II lubes and diesel, further strengthening ExxonMobil’s position as the largest basestock producer in the world.

60

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Specialty Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202320222021
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,5361,1901,452
Non-U.S.1,1781,2251,807
Total2,7142,4153,259
Identified Items (1)
United States12498
Non-U.S.(105)(40)136
Total(93)(40)634
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States1,5241,190954
Non-U.S.1,2831,2651,672
Total2,8072,4552,625
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.
2023 Specialty Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Stronger margins increased earnings by $440 million driven by high-value products and lower feed costs.

Volume/Mix – Lower volumes decreased earnings by $120 million on weaker global demand.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $30 million as a result of positive year-end inventory effects and favorable tax impacts, partially offset by unfavorable foreign exchange effects.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(40) million loss from impairments; 2023 $(93) million loss mainly from impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

61

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2022 Specialty Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Margins decreased earnings by $220 million driven by higher feed costs and energy prices.

Volume/Mix – Higher volumes increased earnings by $20 million on robust demand.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $30 million primarily as a result of positive year-end inventory effects, offset by increased expenses from higher maintenance and inflation, and unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

Identified Items (1) – 2021 $634 million gain resulted from the Santoprene divestment; 2022 $(40) million loss from impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Specialty Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202320222021
Specialty Products sales (2)
United States1,9622,0491,943
Non-U.S.5,6355,7625,723
Worldwide7,5977,8107,666
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

62

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Corporate and Financing

Corporate and Financing is comprised of corporate activities that support ExxonMobil's operating segments and Low Carbon Solutions business. Corporate activities include general administrative support functions, financing, and insurance activities. Low Carbon Solutions activities will be included in Corporate and Financing until the business is established with a material level of assets and customer contracts.

On November 2, 2023, the Corporation acquired Denbury, a developer of carbon capture, utilization and storage solutions and enhanced oil recovery producing assets. This acquisition expands the Corporation’s Low Carbon Solutions capabilities. See Note 21 of the Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements for additional information.

Corporate and Financing Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202320222021
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)(1,791)(1,663)(2,636)
Identified Items (1)76302(64)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)(1,867)(1,965)(2,572)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2023Corporate and Financing expenses were $1,791 million in 2023 compared to $1,663 million in 2022, with the increase mainly due to the absence of prior year favorable tax-related items, partly offset by lower financing costs.
2022Corporate and Financing expenses were $1,663 million in 2022 compared to $2,636 million in 2021, with the decrease mainly due to lower pension-related expenses, favorable one-time tax impacts, and lower financing costs.

63

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and Uses of Cash
(millions of dollars)202320222021
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities55,36976,79748,129
Investing activities(19,274)(14,742)(10,235)
Financing activities(34,297)(39,114)(35,423)
Effect of exchange rate changes105(78)(33)
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents1,90322,8632,438
Total cash and cash equivalents (December 31)31,56829,6656,802

Total cash and cash equivalents were $31.6 billion at the end of 2023, up $1.9 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2023 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $37.4 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $20.6 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $4.1 billion, and other investing activities of $1.6 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $21.9 billion; dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $17.7 billion; additional investments and advances of $3.0 billion; and a change in working capital of $4.3 billion.

Total cash and cash equivalents were $29.7 billion at the end of 2022, up $22.9 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2022 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $57.6 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $24.0 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $5.2 billion, and other investing activities of $1.5 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $18.4 billion; dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $15.2 billion; a debt reduction of $7.2 billion; and additional investments and advances of $3.1 billion.

The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are expected to cover the majority of financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt. On December 31, 2023, the Corporation had undrawn short-term committed lines of credit of $0.3 billion and undrawn long-term lines of credit of $1.3 billion.

To support cash flows in future periods, the Corporation will need to continually find or acquire and develop new fields, and continue to develop and apply new technologies and recovery processes to existing fields, in order to maintain or increase production. After a period of production at plateau rates, it is the nature of oil and gas fields to eventually produce at declining rates for the remainder of their economic life. Decline rates can vary widely by individual field due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the type of reservoir, fluid properties, recovery mechanisms, work activity, and age of the field. In particular, the Corporation’s key tight-oil plays have higher initial decline rates which tend to moderate over time. Furthermore, the Corporation’s net interest in production for individual fields can vary with price and the impact of fiscal and commercial terms.

The Corporation has long been successful at mitigating the effects of natural field decline through disciplined investments in quality opportunities and project execution. The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups; operational outages; reservoir performance; regulatory changes; the impact of fiscal and commercial terms; asset sales; weather events; price effects on production sharing contracts; changes in the amount and timing of investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment; and international trade patterns and relations. The Corporation’s cash flows are also highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices. Please refer to "Item 1A. Risk Factors" for a more complete discussion of risks.

The Corporation’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. Capital and exploration expenditures in 2023 were $26.3 billion, reflecting the Corporation’s continued active investment program. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $23 billion to $25 billion in 2024.

Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions. The Corporation has a large and diverse portfolio of development projects and exploration opportunities, which helps mitigate the overall political and technical risks of the Corporation’s Upstream segment and associated cash flow. Further, due to its financial strength and diverse portfolio of opportunities, the risk associated with failure or delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for operations and its fixed commitments.

64

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Corporation, as part of its ongoing asset management program, continues to evaluate its mix of assets for potential upgrade. Because of the ongoing nature of this program, dispositions will continue to be made from time to time which will result in either gains or losses. Additionally, the Corporation continues to evaluate opportunities to enhance its business portfolio through acquisitions of assets or companies, and enters into such transactions from time to time. Key criteria for evaluating acquisitions include strategic fit, cost synergies, potential for future growth, low cost of supply, and attractive valuations. Acquisitions may be made with cash, shares of the Corporation’s common stock, or both.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

2023

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $55.4 billion in 2023, $21.4 billion lower than 2022. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $37.4 billion, a decrease of $20.2 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $20.6 billion, down $3.4 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $0.5 billion, a decrease of $0.5 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was an increase of $0.5 billion, compared to a reduction of $2.4 billion in 2022. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2023 by $4.3 billion.

2022

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $76.8 billion in 2022, $28.7 billion higher than 2021. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $57.6 billion, an increase of $34.0 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $24.0 billion, up $3.4 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.0 billion, a decrease of $0.2 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was a reduction of $2.4 billion, compared to a reduction of $0.7 billion in 2021. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2022 by $0.2 billion.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

2023

Cash used in investing activities netted to $19.3 billion in 2023, $4.5 billion higher than 2022. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $21.9 billion increased $3.5 billion from 2022. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $4.1 billion compared to $5.2 billion in 2022. Additional investments and advances were $0.1 billion lower in 2023, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances increased by $0.1 billion.

2022

Cash used in investing activities netted to $14.7 billion in 2022, $4.5 billion higher than 2021. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $18.4 billion increased $6.3 billion from 2021. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $5.2 billion compared to $3.2 billion in 2021. Additional investments and advances were $0.3 billion higher in 2022, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances were $1.5 billion during the year.

65

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

2023

Cash used in financing activities was $34.3 billion in 2023, $4.8 billion lower than 2022. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.68 per share from $3.55 per share and totaled $14.9 billion.

Exxon Mobil Corporation continued its share repurchase program for up to $50 billion in shares through 2024, including the purchase of 162 million shares at a book value of $17.5 billion in 2023. In its 2023 Corporate Plan Update released December 6, 2023, the Corporation stated that after the Pioneer transaction closes, the go-forward share repurchase program pace is expected to increase to $20 billion annually through 2025, assuming reasonable market conditions. The stock repurchase program does not obligate the company to acquire any particular amount of common stock, and it may be discontinued or resumed at any time. The timing and amount of shares actually repurchased in the future will depend on market, business, and other factors.

2022

Cash used in financing activities was $39.1 billion in 2022, $3.7 billion higher than 2021. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.55 per share from $3.49 per share and totaled $14.9 billion. During 2022, the Corporation utilized cash to reduce debt by $7.2 billion.

During 2022, Exxon Mobil Corporation restarted its share repurchase program for up to $50 billion in shares through 2024, including the purchase of 162 million shares at a cost of $15 billion in 2022.

Contractual Obligations

The Corporation has contractual obligations involving commitments to third parties that impact its liquidity and capital resource needs. These contractual obligations are primarily for leases, debt, asset retirement obligations, pension and other postretirement benefits, take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations, and firm capital commitments. See Notes 9, 11, 14 and 17 for information related to asset retirement obligations, leases, long-term debt and pensions, respectively.

In addition, the Corporation also enters into commodity purchase obligations (volumetric commitments but no fixed or minimum price) which are resold shortly after purchase, either in an active, highly liquid market or under long-term, unconditional sales contracts with similar pricing terms. Examples include long-term, noncancelable LNG and natural gas purchase commitments and commitments to purchase refinery products at market prices. These commitments are not meaningful in assessing liquidity and cash flow, because the purchases will be offset in the same periods by cash received from the related sales transactions.

Take-or-pay obligations are noncancelable, long-term commitments for goods and services. Unconditional purchase obligations are those long-term commitments that are noncancelable or cancelable only under certain conditions, and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the contracted goods or services. These obligations mainly pertain to pipeline, manufacturing supply and terminal agreements. The total obligation at year-end 2023 for take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations was $44.3 billion. Cash payments expected in 2024 and 2025 are $4.1 billion and $4.3 billion, respectively.

Guarantees

The Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries were contingently liable at December 31, 2023 for guarantees relating to notes, loans and performance under contracts (Note 16). Where guarantees for environmental remediation and other similar matters do not include a stated cap, the amounts reflect management’s estimate of the maximum potential exposure. Where it is not possible to make a reasonable estimation of the maximum potential amount of future payments, future performance is expected to be either immaterial or have only a remote chance of occurrence. Guarantees are not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Strength

On December 31, 2023, the Corporation had total unused short-term committed lines of credit of $0.3 billion (Note 6) and total unused long-term committed lines of credit of $1.3 billion (Note 14). The table below shows the Corporation’s consolidated debt to capital ratios.

(percent)202320222021
Debt to capital16.416.921.4
Net debt to capital4.55.418.9

Management views the Corporation’s financial strength to be a competitive advantage of strategic importance. The Corporation’s financial position gives it the opportunity to access the world’s capital markets across a range of market conditions, and enables the Corporation to take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value.

Stronger industry conditions in 2021 and 2022 enabled the Corporation to strengthen the balance sheet and return debt to pre-pandemic levels by the end of 2022. The Corporation reduced debt by $6.5 billion in 2022. The total debt level remained relatively flat in 2023, ending the year at $41.6 billion.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

As discussed in Note 16, a variety of claims have been made against ExxonMobil and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuit against ExxonMobil will have a material adverse effect upon the Corporation’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition. Refer to Note 16 for additional information on legal proceedings and other contingencies.

67

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL AND EXPLORATION EXPENDITURES

Capital and exploration expenditures (Capex) represent the combined total of additions at cost to property, plant and equipment, and exploration expenses on a before-tax basis from the Consolidated Statement of Income. ExxonMobil’s Capex includes its share of similar costs for equity companies. Capex excludes assets acquired in nonmonetary exchanges, the value of ExxonMobil shares used to acquire assets, and depreciation on the cost of exploration support equipment and facilities recorded to property, plant and equipment when acquired. While ExxonMobil’s management is responsible for all investments and elements of net income, particular focus is placed on managing the controllable aspects of this group of expenditures.

(millions of dollars)20232022
U.S.Non-U.S.TotalU.S.Non-U.S.Total
Upstream (including exploration expenses)8,81310,94819,7616,96810,03417,002
Energy Products1,1951,5802,7751,3511,0592,410
Chemical Products7511,9622,7131,1231,8422,965
Specialty Products6339145446222268
Other6226225959
Total11,44414,88126,3259,54713,15722,704

Capex in 2023 was $26.3 billion, as the Corporation continued to pursue opportunities to find and produce new supplies of oil and natural gas to meet global demand for energy. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $23 billion to $25 billion in 2024. Included in the 2024 capital spend range is $10.5 billion of firm capital commitments. An additional $9.2 billion of firm capital commitments have been made for years 2025 and beyond. Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions.

Upstream spending of $19.8 billion in 2023 was up 16 percent from 2022, reflecting higher spend in the U.S. Permian Basin and on advantaged projects in Guyana. Development projects typically take several years from the time of recording proved undeveloped reserves to the start of production and can exceed five years for large and complex projects. The percentage of proved developed reserves was 63 percent of total proved reserves at year-end 2023, and has been over 60 percent for the last ten years.

Capital investments in the three Product Solutions businesses totaled $5.9 billion in 2023, an increase of $0.3 billion from 2022, reflecting higher global project spending. Key investments in 2023 included the China petrochemical complex and Singapore resid upgrade project. Other spend of $0.6 billion primarily reflects investments in the Low Carbon Solutions business which focused on carbon capture and storage, lithium, and hydrogen.

TAXES

(millions of dollars)202320222021
Income taxes15,42920,1767,636
Effective income tax rate33%33%31%
Total other taxes and duties32,19131,45532,955
Total47,62051,63140,591

2023

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $47.6 billion in 2023, a decrease of $4.0 billion from 2022. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $15.4 billion compared to $20.2 billion in 2022. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 33 percent. This is flat compared to 2022, with higher effective rates from various jurisdictions offset by a lower impact from additional European taxes on the energy sector. Total other taxes and duties of $32.2 billion in 2023 increased $0.7 billion.

2022

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $51.6 billion in 2022, an increase of $11.0 billion from 2021. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $20.2 billion compared to $7.6 billion in 2021. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 33 percent compared to 31 percent in the prior year driven by impacts from additional European taxes on the energy sector. Total other taxes and duties of $31.5 billion in 2022 decreased $1.5 billion.

68

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Environmental Expenditures

(millions of dollars)20232022
Capital expenditures2,7991,864
Other expenditures4,3363,835
Total7,1355,699

Throughout ExxonMobil’s businesses, new and ongoing measures are taken to prevent and minimize the impact of our operations on air, water, and ground. These include: significant investments in refining infrastructure and technology to manufacture clean fuels; projects to monitor and reduce air, water, and waste emissions, both from the company’s operations and from other companies; and expenditures for asset retirement obligations. Using definitions and guidelines established by the American Petroleum Institute, ExxonMobil’s 2023 worldwide environmental expenditures for all such preventative and remediation steps, including ExxonMobil’s share of equity company expenditures, were $7.1 billion, of which $4.3 billion were included in expenses with the remainder in capital expenditures. As the Corporation progresses its emission-reduction plans, worldwide environmental expenditures are expected to increase to approximately $9.7 billion in 2024, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 47 percent of the total. Costs for 2025 are anticipated to increase to approximately $10.2 billion, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 51 percent of the total.

Environmental Liabilities

The Corporation accrues environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. This policy applies to assets or businesses currently owned or previously disposed. ExxonMobil has accrued liabilities for probable environmental remediation obligations at various sites, including multiparty sites where the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has identified ExxonMobil as one of the potentially responsible parties. The involvement of other financially responsible companies at these multiparty sites could mitigate ExxonMobil’s actual joint and several liability exposure. At present, no individual site is expected to have losses material to ExxonMobil’s operations or financial condition. Consolidated company provisions made in 2023 for environmental liabilities were $208 million ($185 million in 2022), and the balance sheet reflects liabilities of $701 million as of December 31, 2023, and $730 million as of December 31, 2022.

MARKET RISKS

Worldwide Average Realizations (1)202320222021
Crude oil and NGL ($ per barrel)69.8587.2561.89
Natural gas ($ per thousand cubic feet)4.267.484.33
(1) Consolidated subsidiaries.

Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product, and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings have varied across the Corporation's operating segments. For the year 2024, a $1 per barrel change in the weighted-average realized price of oil would have approximately a $525 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. Similarly, a $0.10 per thousand cubic feet change in the worldwide average gas realization would have approximately a $130 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil, results of trading activities, taxes and other government take impacts, price adjustment lags in long-term gas contracts, and crude and gas production volumes. Accordingly, changes in benchmark prices for crude oil and natural gas only provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period.

In the very competitive petroleum and petrochemical environment, earnings are primarily determined by margin capture rather than absolute price levels of products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced. These prices in turn depend on global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, refinery operations, import/export balances and weather.

The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or more of the Corporation’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and very long lead times associated with many of our projects, underscore the importance of maintaining a strong financial position. Management views the Corporation’s financial strength as a competitive advantage.

69

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and/or purchase products to/from other segments. Instead, where such sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive advantages of integrated refinery and chemical complexes. Additionally, intersegment sales are at market-based prices. The products bought and sold between segments can also be acquired in worldwide markets that have substantial liquidity, capacity, and transportation capabilities. Refer to Note 18 for additional information on intersegment revenue.

Although price levels of crude oil and natural gas may rise or fall significantly over the short to medium term due to global economic conditions, political events, decisions by OPEC and other major government resource owners and other factors, industry economics over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand. The Corporation evaluates investments over a range of prices, including estimated greenhouse gas emission costs even in jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

The Corporation has an active asset management program in which nonstrategic assets are considered for divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure that assets are contributing to the Corporation’s strategic objectives.

Risk Management

The Corporation’s size, strong capital structure, geographic diversity, and the complementary nature of its business segments reduce the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices, currency rates, and interest rates. In addition, the Corporation uses commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk and to generate returns from trading. The Corporation’s commodity derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. At times, the Corporation also enters into currency and interest rate derivatives, none of which are material to the Corporation’s financial position as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, or results of operations for the years ended 2023, 2022, and 2021. Credit risk associated with the Corporation’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. No material market or credit risks to the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity exist as a result of the derivatives described in Note 13. The Corporation maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity.

The Corporation is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its short-term debt and the portion of long-term debt that carries floating interest rates. The impact of a 100-basis-point change in interest rates affecting the Corporation’s debt would not be material to earnings or cash flow. The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are generally expected to cover financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt as required. Commercial paper is used to balance short-term liquidity requirements. Some joint-venture partners are dependent on the credit markets, and their funding ability may impact the development pace of joint-venture projects.

The Corporation conducts business in many foreign currencies and is subject to exchange rate risk on cash flows related to sales, expenses, financing, and investment transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates are often offsetting and the impacts on ExxonMobil’s geographically and functionally diverse operations are varied. The Corporation makes limited use of currency exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, and exposures related to the Corporation’s use of these contracts are not material.

70

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, lower-emission fuels and lithium. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s accounting policies are summarized in Note 1.

Oil and Natural Gas Reserves

The estimation of proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, and detailed analysis of well information such as flow rates and reservoir pressure declines, development and production costs, and other factors. The estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the Corporation through long-standing approval guidelines. Reserve changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by senior level geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the Global Reserves and Resources Group which has significant technical experience, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management. Notably, the Corporation does not use specific quantitative reserve targets to determine compensation. Key features of the reserve estimation process are covered in Disclosure of Reserves in Item 2.

Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves.

•Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year.

Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled proved acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for completion. Proved undeveloped reserves are recognized only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time.

The Corporation is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced. However, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policy, consumer preferences, and significant changes in oil and natural gas price levels.

•Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of (1) already available geologic, reservoir, or production data, (2) new geologic, reservoir, or production data, or (3) changes in the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in development strategy or production equipment and facility capacity.

Unit-of-Production Depreciation

Oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. Depreciation is calculated by taking the ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves or proved developed reserves applied to actual production. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability.

In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the Corporation uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes.

71

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Impairment

The Corporation tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Corporation has a robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups throughout the year. This process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932, and relies, in part, on the Corporation’s planning and budgeting cycle.

Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the Corporation’s major assets are measured in decades, the future cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices and industry margins, development costs, and production costs. Significant reductions in the Corporation’s view of oil or natural gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce, or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in ASC 360, can be indicators of potential impairment as well.

In general, the Corporation does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments, and technology and efficiency advancements. OPEC+ investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities, alternative energy sources, and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major assets, the Corporation expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility. Consequently, these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices and margins.

Global Outlook and Cash Flow Assessment. The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the Corporate Plan, is the mechanism by which resources (capital, operating expenses, and people) are allocated across the Corporation. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the Corporate Plan is the Global Outlook (Outlook), which contains the Corporation’s demand and supply projections based on its assessment of current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, economic development, and other factors. Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of necessary future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or the Corporation, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and the Corporation’s business plans will be updated accordingly.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the Corporate Plan, which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the Corporation’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs including greenhouse gas emission prices, and foreign currency exchange rates. Notably, when assessing future cash flows, the Corporation includes the estimated costs in support of reaching its 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reduction plans, including its goal of net-zero Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions from unconventional operated assets in the Permian Basin. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. While third-party scenarios may be used for these purposes, they are not used as a basis for developing future cash flows for impairment assessments. As part of the Corporate Plan, the Company considers estimated greenhouse gas emission costs, even for jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

Fair Value of Impaired Assets. An asset group is impaired if its estimated undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product sales volumes, commodity prices (which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and government agencies), refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs, and discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group.

72

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Other Impairment Estimates. Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs are recorded based on the Corporation's future development plans, the estimated economic chance of success, and the length of time that the Corporation expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Judgment is required to determine if assets are held for sale and to determine the fair value less cost to sell.

Investments accounted for by the equity method are assessed for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Examples of key indicators include a history of operating losses, negative earnings and cash flow outlook, significant downward revisions to oil and gas reserves, and the financial condition and prospects for the investee’s business segment or geographic region. If the decline in value of the investment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the investment is written down to fair value. In the absence of market prices for the investment, discounted cash flows are used to assess fair value, which requires significant judgment.

Recent Impairments. In 2023, the Corporation recognized after-tax charges of $3.4 billion, primarily related to the idled Upstream Santa Ynez Unit assets and associated facilities in California, which reflected the continuing challenges in the state regulatory environment that impeded progress towards restoring operations. Other impairments in the year included a $0.6 billion charge related to an Upstream equity investment.

In early 2022, in response to Russia’s military action in Ukraine, the Corporation announced that it planned to discontinue operations on the Sakhalin-1 project (“Sakhalin”) and develop steps to exit the venture. The Corporation’s first quarter 2022 results included after-tax charges of $3.0 billion representing the impairment of its Upstream operations related to Sakhalin. (Refer to Note 2 for further information on Russia.) During 2022, other after-tax impairment charges of $1.6 billion and $0.3 billion were recognized in Upstream and Energy Products, respectively.

In 2021, largely as a result of changes to Upstream development plans, the Corporation recognized after-tax impairment charges of approximately $1 billion.

Factors which could put further assets at risk of impairment in the future include reductions in the Corporation’s price or margin outlooks, changes in the allocation of capital or development plans, reduced long-term demand for the Corporation's products, and operating cost increases which exceed the pace of efficiencies or the pace of oil and natural gas price or margin increases. However, due to the inherent difficulty in predicting future commodity prices or margins, and the relationship between industry prices and costs, it is not practicable to reasonably estimate the existence or range of any potential future impairment charges related to the Corporation’s long-lived assets.

For further information regarding impairments in equity method investments, property, plant, and equipment, and suspended wells, refer to Notes 7, 9, and 10, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Corporation is subject to retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are recorded as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the estimation of fair value, the Corporation uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts and timing of settlements, discount rates, and inflation rates. See Note 9 for further information regarding asset retirement obligations.

Suspended Exploratory Well Costs

The Corporation continues capitalization of exploratory well costs when it has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify completion as a producing well and the Corporation is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. Exploratory well costs not meeting these criteria are charged to expense. Assessing whether the Corporation is making sufficient progress on a project requires careful consideration of the facts and circumstances. The facts and circumstances that support continued capitalization of suspended wells at year-end are disclosed in Note 10.

73

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Pension Benefits

The Corporation and its affiliates sponsor about 75 defined benefit (pension) plans in 40 countries. The Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits footnote (Note 17) provides details on pension obligations, fund assets, and pension expense.

Some of these plans (primarily non-U.S.) provide pension benefits that are paid directly by their sponsoring affiliates out of corporate cash flow rather than a separate pension fund because applicable tax rules and regulatory practices do not encourage advance funding. Book reserves are established for these plans. The portion of the pension cost attributable to employee service is expensed as services are rendered. The portion attributable to the increase in pension obligations due to the passage of time is expensed over the term of the obligations, which ends when all benefits are paid. The primary difference in pension expense for unfunded versus funded plans is that pension expense for funded plans also includes a credit for the expected long-term return on fund assets.

For funded plans, including those in the U.S., pension obligations are financed in advance through segregated assets or insurance arrangements. These plans are managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and meet or exceed required funding levels as measured by relevant actuarial and government standards at the mandated measurement dates. In determining liabilities and required contributions, these standards often require approaches and assumptions that differ from those used for accounting purposes.

The Corporation will continue to make contributions to these funded plans as necessary. All defined-benefit pension obligations, regardless of the funding status of the underlying plans, are fully supported by the financial strength of the Corporation or the respective sponsoring affiliate.

Pension accounting requires explicit assumptions regarding, among others, the long-term expected earnings rate on fund assets, the discount rate for the benefit obligations, and the long-term rate for future salary increases. Pension assumptions are reviewed annually by outside actuaries and senior management. These assumptions are adjusted as appropriate to reflect changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected earnings rate on U.S. pension plan assets in 2023 was 5.2 percent. The 10-year and 20-year actual returns on U.S. pension plan assets were 5 percent and 6 percent, respectively. The Corporation establishes the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward-looking, long-term return assumption for each pension fund asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. A worldwide reduction of 0.5 percent in the long-term rate of return on assets would increase annual pension expense by approximately $150 million before tax.

Differences between actual returns on fund assets and the long-term expected return are not recognized in pension expense in the year that the difference occurs. Such differences are deferred, along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected remaining service life of employees.

Litigation and Tax Contingencies

A variety of claims have been made against the Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. The Corporation accrues an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and significant, the Corporation discloses the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. As described in Note 16, for purposes of our contingency disclosures, “significant” includes material matters, as well as other matters, which management believes should be disclosed. Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The status of significant claims is summarized in Note 16.

Management judgment is required related to contingent liabilities and the outcome of litigation because both are difficult to predict. However, the Corporation has been successful in defending litigation in the past. Payments have not had a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. In the Corporation’s experience, large claims often do not result in large awards. Large awards are often reversed or substantially reduced as a result of appeal or settlement.

The Corporation is subject to income taxation in many jurisdictions around the world. The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the Corporation has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict. The Corporation’s unrecognized tax benefits and a description of open tax years are summarized in Note 19.

74

FY 2022 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000034088-23-000020.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2023-02-22. Report date: 2022-12-31.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Statements related to outlooks; projections; descriptions of strategic, operating, and financial plans and objectives; statements of future ambitions and plans; and other statements of future events or conditions are forward-looking statements. Similarly, discussion of emission-reduction roadmaps or future plans related to carbon capture, biofuel, hydrogen, plastics recycling, and other plans to drive towards net-zero emissions are dependent on future market factors, such as continued technological progress and policy support, and represent forward-looking statements. Actual future results, including financial and operating performance; total capital expenditures and mix, including allocations of capital to low carbon solutions; cost reductions and efficiency gains, including the ability to offset inflationary pressure; ambitions to achieve net-zero operated Scope 1 and Scope 2 emissions by 2050; plans to reach net-zero operated Scope 1 and 2 emissions in our unconventional Permian Basis operated assets by 2030, to eliminate routine flaring in-line with World Bank Zero Routine Flaring, and to reach near-zero methane emissions from operated assets, within evolving growth, start-up, divestment, and technological efforts; timing and outcome of projects to capture and store CO2, and produced biofuels; timing and outcome of hydrogen projects; timing to increase the use of plastic waste as feedstock for advanced recycling; cash flow, dividends and shareholder returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; future debt levels and credit ratings; business and project plans, timing, costs, capacities and returns; and resource recoveries and production rates could differ materially due to a number of factors. These include global or regional changes in the supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petrochemicals, and feedstocks and other market factors, economic conditions or seasonal fluctuations that impact prices and differentials for our product; government policies supporting lower carbon investment opportunities such as the U.S. Inflation Reduction Act or policies limiting the attractiveness of future investment such as the additional European taxes on the energy sector; variable impacts of trading activities on our margins and results each quarter; actions of competitors and commercial counterparties; the outcome of commercial negotiations, including final agreed terms and conditions; the ability to access debt markets; the impacts of COVID-19 or other public health crises, including the effects of government responses on people and economies; reservoir performance, including variability and timing factors applicable to unconventional resources; the level and outcome of exploration projects and decisions to invest in future reserves; timely completion of development and other construction projects; final management approval of future projects and any changes in the scope, terms, or costs of such projects as approved; changes in law, taxes, or regulation including environmental regulations, trade sanctions, and timely granting of governmental permits and certifications; government policies and support and market demand for low carbon technologies; war, civil unrest, attacks against the company or industry, and other political or security disturbances; expropriations, seizure, or capacity, insurance or shipping limitations by foreign governments or laws; opportunities for potential investments or divestments and satisfaction of applicable conditions to closing, including regulatory approvals; the capture of efficiencies within and between business lines and the ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies; unforeseen technical or operating difficulties and unplanned maintenance; the development and competitiveness of alternative energy and emission-reduction technologies; the results of research programs and the ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a cost-competitive basis; and other factors discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Forward-looking and other statements regarding our environmental, social and other sustainability efforts and aspirations are not an indication that these statements are necessarily material to investors or requiring disclosure in our filing with the SEC. In addition, historical, current, and forward-looking environmental, social and sustainability-related statements may be based on standards for measuring progress that are still developing, internal controls and processes that continue to evolve, and assumptions that are subject to change in the future, including future rule-making.

Energy demand models are forward-looking by nature and aim to replicate system dynamics of the global energy system, requiring simplifications. The reference to any scenario in this report, including any potential net-zero scenarios, does not imply ExxonMobil views any particular scenario as likely to occur. In addition, energy demand scenarios require assumptions on a variety of parameters. As such, the outcome of any given scenario using an energy demand model comes with a high degree of uncertainty. For example, the International Energy Agency (IEA) describes its Net Zero Emissions (NZE) by 2050 scenario as extremely challenging, requiring unprecedented innovation, unprecedented international cooperation and sustained support and participation from consumers. Third-party scenarios discussed in this report reflect the modeling assumptions and outputs of their respective authors, not ExxonMobil, and their use by ExxonMobil is not an endorsement by ExxonMobil of their underlying assumptions, likelihood or probability. Investment decisions are made on the basis of ExxonMobil’s separate planning process. Any use of the modeling of a third-party organization within this report does not constitute or imply an endorsement by ExxonMobil of any or all of the positions or activities of such organization.

The term “project” as used in this report can refer to a variety of different activities and does not necessarily have the same meaning as in any government payment transparency reports.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

OVERVIEW

The following discussion and analysis of ExxonMobil’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of the management of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and lower-emission fuels. ExxonMobil's operating segments are Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Where applicable, ExxonMobil voluntarily discloses additional U.S., Non-U.S., and regional splits to help investors better understand the company's operations.

Effective April 2022, the Corporation streamlined its business structure by combining the Chemical and Downstream businesses into Product Solutions. The company is organized along three businesses – Upstream, Product Solutions, and Low Carbon Solutions, aligning along market-focused value chains. Product Solutions consists of Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products. Low Carbon Solutions will continue to be included in Corporate and Financing as the business continues to mature through commercialization and deployment of technology. The businesses are supported by a combined technology organization, and other centralized service-delivery groups, including a global projects organization.

ExxonMobil, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach and technology portfolio, is well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new energy supplies. The company’s integrated business model, with significant investments in Upstream, Energy Products, Chemical Products, and Specialty Products segments and Low Carbon Solutions business, generally reduces the Corporation’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, ExxonMobil’s investment decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in our long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities. The Corporate Plan is a fundamental annual management process that is the basis for setting operating and capital objectives in addition to providing the economic assumptions used for investment evaluation purposes. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the Corporate Plan is the Outlook for Energy (Outlook), and Corporate Plan volume projections are based on individual field production profiles, which are also updated at least annually. Price ranges for crude oil, natural gas, including price differentials, refinery and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emissions pricing, and foreign currency exchange rates are based on Corporate Plan assumptions developed annually by major region and are utilized for investment evaluation purposes. Major investment opportunities are evaluated over a range of potential market conditions. Once we make major investments, we complete a reappraisal process to ensure we learn from the investment decision and incorporate the lessons into future projects.

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Long-Term Business Outlook

ExxonMobil’s business planning is underpinned by a deep understanding of long-term market fundamentals. These fundamentals include supply and demand trends, the scale and variety of energy needs worldwide; capability, practicality and affordability of energy alternatives including low-carbon solutions; greenhouse gas emission-reduction technologies; and supportive government policies. The company’s Outlook considers these fundamentals to form the basis for the company’s long-term business planning, investment decisions, and research programs. The Outlook reflects the company’s view of global energy demand and supply through 2050. It is a projection based on current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic development.

In addition, ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. Included in the range of these scenarios are the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Lower 2°C scenarios and the IEA NZE by 2050 scenario. The IEA describes the IEA NZE as extremely challenging, requiring all stakeholders – governments, businesses, investors, and citizens – to take immediate, unprecedented action. The IEA acknowledges that society is not currently on the IEA NZE pathway. No single transition pathway can be reasonably predicted, given the wide range of uncertainties. Key unknowns include yet-to-be-developed government policies, market conditions, and advances in technology that may influence the cost, pace, and potential availability of certain pathways. Scenarios that employ a full complement of technology options are likely to provide the most economically efficient pathways.

Using our own experts and third-party sources, we monitor a variety of signposts that may indicate a potential shift in the energy transition. For example, the regional pace of the transition could be influenced by the cost of new technologies compared to existing or alternative energy sources. To effectively evaluate the pace of change, ExxonMobil uses many scenarios to help identify signposts that provide leading indicators of future developments and allow for timely adjustments to future versions of the Outlook.

43

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Column 1Column 2
Non-OECD countries projected to drive energy demand growthPrimary energy, quadrillion BTUsSource: ExxonMobil 2022 Outlook for EnergyBy 2050, the world’s population is projected at around 9.7 billion people, or about 2 billion more than in 2021. Coincident with this population increase, the Outlook projects worldwide economic growth to average close to 2.5 percent per year, with economic output growing by around 110 percent by 2050 compared to 2021. As economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by almost 15 percent from 2021 to 2050. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)). As expanding prosperity drives global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy-efficient technologies and practices as well as lower-emission products will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption and CO2 emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key aspects of the world’s economy through 2050, affecting energy requirements for power generation, transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs.

Under our Outlook, global electricity demand is expected to increase over 75 percent from 2021 to 2050, with developing countries likely to account for about 80 percent of the increase. Consistent with this projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal-fired generation is expected to decline substantially and approach 15 percent of the world’s electricity in 2050, versus nearly 35 percent in 2021, in part due to policies to improve air quality as well as reduce greenhouse gas emissions to address risks related to climate change. From 2021 to 2050, the amount of electricity supplied using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is expected to more than double, accounting for the entire growth in electricity supplies and offsetting the reduction of coal. Electricity from wind and solar is expected to increase more than 550 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, e.g., hydropower) to account for over 80 percent of the increase in electricity supplies worldwide through 2050. Total renewables are expected to reach about 50 percent of global electricity supplies by 2050. Natural gas and nuclear are expected to be about 25 percent and 10 percent, respectively, of global electricity supplies by 2050. Supplies of electricity by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions reflecting a wide range of factors including the cost and availability of various energy supplies and policy developments.

Under our Outlook, energy for transportation - including cars, trucks, ships, trains and airplanes - is expected to increase by over 30 percent from 2021 to 2050. Transportation energy demand is expected to account for around 65 percent of the growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Light-duty vehicle demand for liquid fuels is projected to peak by around 2025, and then decline to levels seen in the early-2000s by 2050, as the impact of better fuel economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset growth in the worldwide car fleet of almost 70 percent. By 2050, light-duty vehicles are expected to account for around 15 percent of global liquid fuels demand. During the same time period, nearly all the world’s commercial transportation fleets are expected to continue to run on liquid fuels, including biofuels, which are expected to be widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small volumes.

Almost half of the world’s energy use is dedicated to industrial activity. As the global middle class continues to grow, demand for durable products, appliances, and consumable goods will increase. Industry uses energy products both as a fuel and as a feedstock for chemicals, asphalt, lubricants, waxes, and other specialty products. The Outlook anticipates technology advances, as well as the increasing shift toward cleaner forms of energy, such as electricity and natural gas, with coal declining. Demand for oil will continue to grow as a feedstock for industry.

As populations grow and prosperity rises, more energy will be needed to power homes, offices, schools, shopping centers, hospitals, etc. Combined residential and commercial energy demand is projected to rise by around 15 percent through 2050. Led by the growing economies of developing nations, average worldwide household electricity use will rise about 75 percent between 2021 and 2050.

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today reflecting broad-based availability, affordability, ease of transportation, and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2050, global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to approximately 110 million oil equivalent barrels per day, an increase of about 17 percent from 2021. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to increase to nearly 70 percent by 2050, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is expected to decline by around 20 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from conventional sources; these supplies will remain important, and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of emerging supply sources - including tight oil, deepwater, oil sands, natural gas liquids, and biofuels - are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. The world’s resource base is sufficient to meet projected demand through 2050 as technology advances continue to expand the availability of more economic and lower-carbon supply options. However, timely investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies.

Natural gas is a lower-emission, versatile and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications, and it is expected to grow the most of any primary energy type from 2021 to 2050, meeting about 40 percent of global energy demand growth. Global natural gas demand is expected to rise nearly 25 percent from 2021 to 2050, with around two-thirds of that increase coming from the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas - the natural gas found in shale and other tight rock formations - will help meet these needs. In total, about 50 percent of the growth in natural gas supplies is expected to be from unconventional sources. At the same time, conventionally-produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting around two-thirds of worldwide demand in 2050. LNG trade will expand significantly, meeting about 50 percent of the increase in global demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising demand in Asia Pacific.

Oil and natural gas projected to play a critical role in the global energy mix

Column 1Column 2Column 3
Primary energy - Quadrillion BtuPercent of primary energy
Column 1Column 2Column 3
Source: ExxonMobil 2022 Outlook for EnergySource: ExxonMobil 2022 Outlook for Energy

The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2050. Oil is expected to remain the largest source of energy with its share remaining close to 30 percent in 2050. Coal and gas are the next largest sources of energy today, with the share of natural gas growing to more than 25 percent by 2050, while the share of coal falls to about half that of natural gas. Nuclear power is projected to grow, as many nations are likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs as well as energy security and environmental issues. Total renewable energy is expected to exceed 20 percent of global energy by 2050, with other renewables (e.g., biomass, hydropower, geothermal) contributing a combined share of more than 10 percent. Total energy supplied from wind and solar is expected to increase rapidly, growing over 480 percent from 2021 to 2050, when they are projected to be around 10 percent of the world energy mix.

45

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Decarbonization of industry activities will require a suite of nascent or future lower-carbon technologies and supporting policies. Lower-emission fuels, hydrogen-based fuels, and carbon capture and storage are three key lower-carbon solutions needed to support a lower-emission future, in addition to wind and solar. Along with electrification, lower-emission fuels are expected to play an important role in decarbonization of the transportation sector, particularly in hard-to-decarbonize areas, such as aviation. Low-carbon hydrogen will be a key enabler replacing traditional furnace fuel to decarbonize the industrial sector. Hydrogen and hydrogen-based fuels like ammonia are also expected to make inroads into commercial transportation as technology improves to lower its cost and policy develops to support the needed infrastructure development. Carbon capture and storage on its own, or in combination with hydrogen production, is among the few proven technologies that could enable CO2 emission reductions from high-emitting and hard-to-decarbonize sectors such as power generation and heavy industries, including manufacturing, refining, and petrochemicals.

Significant oil and natural gas investment needed to meet projected global demand

Projected oil supply and demand

Million barrels per day

Excludes biofuels; IEA STEPS and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2021; Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2022 Outlook for Energy; Average IPCC Lower 2°C Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 “Likely below 2°C” scenarios used

Projected global natural gas supply and demand

Billion cubic feet per day

IEA STEPS and IEA NZE Source: IEA WEO 2021; Outlook Source: ExxonMobil 2022 Outlook for Energy; Average IPCC Lower 2°C Source: IPCC AR6 Scenarios Database hosted by IIASA release 1.0 average IPCC C3: 311 “Likely below 2°C” scenarios used

To meet this projected demand under our Outlook and the IEA's Stated Policies Scenario (STEPS), the Corporation anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will grow, not only from new discoveries, but also from increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 2050 will be significant, and would be needed to meet even the rapidly declining demand for oil and gas envisioned in the IEA’s Net Zero Emissions by 2050 scenario.

International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. For many years, the Corporation has taken into account policies established to reduce energy-related greenhouse gas emissions in its long-term Outlook. The climate accord reached at the Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. Our Outlook reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and is consistent with the global aggregation of Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), submitted by the nations that are signatories to the Paris Agreement, as available at the end of 2021. Our Outlook seeks to identify potential impacts of climate-related government policies, which often target specific sectors. For purposes of the Outlook, a proxy cost on energy-related CO2 emissions is assumed, based on regional considerations and relative levels of economic development, and by 2050, reaches up to $150 per metric ton for OECD nations and up to $100 per metric ton for non-OECD nations. China and other leading non-OECD nations are expected to trail OECD policy initiatives. Nevertheless, as people and nations look for ways to reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the affordability or reliability of the energy they need. The Corporation continues to monitor the updates to the NDCs that nations provided around COP 27 in Egypt in November 2022 as well as other policy developments in light of net-zero ambitions formulated by some nations.

The information provided in the Outlook includes ExxonMobil’s internal estimates and projections based upon internal data and analyses as well as publicly available information from external sources including the International Energy Agency.

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Progress Reducing Emissions

The Corporation’s strategy seeks to maximize the advantages of our scale, business integration, leading technology, functional excellence, and our people to build globally competitive businesses that lead industry in earnings and cash flow growth across a range of future scenarios. We strive to play a leading role in the energy transition, bringing to bear these same advantages while retaining investment flexibility across a portfolio of evolving opportunities to grow shareholder value.

With advances in technology and the support of clear and consistent government policies, we aim to achieve net-zero operated Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions by 2050. To this end, we have taken a comprehensive approach to create greenhouse gas emission-reduction roadmaps for our major operated assets. The roadmaps build on the company’s 2030 emission-reduction plans and, notably, include reaching net-zero emissions (Scopes 1 and 2) in our unconventional Permian Basin operated assets by 2030. We completed these roadmaps in 2022. Many of the required reduction steps are unaffordable with today's technology and policy support. We plan to update the roadmaps as needed to reflect technology, policy, and other necessary developments, including the development and acquisition of major operated assets.

Compared to 2016 levels, our 2030 emission-reduction plans include a 20-30 percent reduction in corporate-wide greenhouse gas intensity, 40-50 percent reduction in upstream greenhouse gas intensity, 70-80 percent reduction in company-wide methane intensity, and 60-70 percent reduction in corporate-wide hydrocarbon flaring intensity. In achieving these objectives, we also expect to see absolute reduction in:

•Corporate-wide greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 20 percent;

•Upstream greenhouse gas emissions of approximately 30 percent;

•Corporate-wide hydrocarbon flaring of approximately 60 percent;

•Corporate-wide methane emissions by approximately 70 percent; and

•World Bank Zero Routine Flaring by 2030.

These emission-reduction plans cover Scope 1 and 2 emissions from assets we operate.

Since formally launching ExxonMobil’s Low Carbon Solutions business in early 2021, the Corporation has significantly grown the pipeline of emission-reduction opportunities in carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and lower-emission fuels. Low Carbon Solutions leverages the Corporation’s unique combination of existing assets, technical capabilities, project management skills, and broad relationships with industry and governments to accelerate emission reductions for customers and help to reduce emissions in our existing businesses.

The Corporation plans to invest in initiatives to lower greenhouse gas emissions. These investments are designed to reduce emissions in the company’s operations and are also directed toward reducing others’ emissions through commercializing and scaling carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and lower-emission fuels. Policy support, along with technology advancements, are important to the development and deployment of lower-emission technologies necessary for a net-zero future.

Recent Business Environment

Prior to the COVID-19 pandemic, many companies in the industry invested below the levels needed to maintain or increase production capacity to meet anticipated demand. During the COVID-19 pandemic, this decline in investments accelerated as industry revenue collapsed resulting in underinvestment and supply tightness as demand for petroleum and petrochemical products recovered. In addition, industry rationalization of refining assets resulted in more than 3 million barrels per day of capacity being taken offline. Across late 2021 and the first half of 2022, these reductions, along with supply chain constraints, and a continuation of demand recovery led to a steady increase in oil and natural gas prices and refining margins.

Demand for petroleum and petrochemical products grew in 2022, with the Corporation's financial results benefiting from stronger prices and margins, notably for crude oil and natural gas as well as refining products. The rate and pace of recovery, however, has varied across geographies and business lines, with industry Chemical margins falling below the bottom of the 10-year range late in 2022 reflecting weakening global demand and capacity additions. Commodity and product prices are expected to remain volatile given the current global economic uncertainty and geopolitical events affecting supply and demand.

The general rate of inflation across major countries experienced a brief decline in the initial stage of the COVID-19 pandemic, before starting to increase steadily in 2021 due to an imbalance in supply and demand. The underlying factors include, but are not limited to, time cycle of capacity investments, supply chain disruptions, shipping bottlenecks, labor constraints, and side effects from monetary and fiscal expansions. Inflationary pressure intensified in 2022 with additional impacts from the Russia-Ukraine conflict, and currently remains elevated despite policy tightening by major central banks and a moderating pace of world economic expansion. The Corporation closely monitors market trends and works to mitigate both operating and capital cost impacts in all price environments.

47

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Organizational changes implemented over the past several years enabled the Corporation to realize $7 billion of structural cost savings(1) versus 2019, through increased operational efficiencies and reduced overhead costs. Included in these savings is the completion of the workforce reduction programs, which are estimated to generate savings of approximately $2 billion per year compared to 2019 from lower employee and contractor costs. The company continues to take actions to streamline its business structure to improve effectiveness and reduce costs. The changes more fully leverage global functional capabilities, improve line of sight to markets, and enhance resource allocation to the highest corporate priorities.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of structural cost savings.

Russia-Ukraine Conflict

In response to Russia’s military action in Ukraine, the Corporation announced in early 2022 that it planned to discontinue operations on the Sakhalin-1 project (“Sakhalin”) and develop steps to exit the venture. The Corporation’s first-quarter results included after-tax charges of $3.4 billion largely representing the impairment of its operations related to Sakhalin (refer to Note 2 for further information on Russia). While the Corporation’s affiliate was in force majeure due to the impact of global sanctions, it continued to make concerted attempts to engage in good-faith exit discussions with the Russian government and all Sakhalin partners. The Corporation remained focused on safety of people, protection of the environment, and integrity of operations. Effective October 14, through two decrees the Russian government unilaterally terminated the Corporation’s interests in Sakhalin, transferring operations to a Russian operator.

The Corporation’s fourth-quarter results include an after-tax benefit of $1.1 billion largely reflecting the impact of the expropriation on the company’s various obligations related to Sakhalin. The Corporation's exit from the project results in approximately 150 million oil-equivalent barrels no longer qualifying as proved reserves at year-end 2022.

The Corporation holds a 25 percent interest in Tengizchevroil, LLP (TCO), which operates the Tengiz and Korolev oil fields in Kazakhstan, and a 16.8 percent working interest in the Kashagan field in Kazakhstan. Oil production from those operations is exported through the Caspian Pipeline Consortium (CPC), in which the Corporation holds a 7.5 percent interest. CPC traverses parts of Kazakhstan and Russia to tanker-loading facilities on the Russian coast of the Black Sea. In the event that Russia takes countermeasures in response to existing sanctions related to its military actions in Ukraine, it is possible that the transportation of Kazakhstan oil through the CPC pipeline could be disrupted, curtailed, temporarily suspended, or otherwise restricted. In such a case, the Corporation could experience a loss of cash flows of uncertain duration from its operations in Kazakhstan. For reference, after-tax earnings related to the Corporation’s interests in Kazakhstan in 2022 were approximately $2.5 billion, and its share of combined oil and gas production was approximately 246 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day.

Additional European Taxes on the Energy Sector

On October 6, 2022, European Union (“EU”) Member States adopted an EU Council Regulation which, along with other measures, introduced a new tax described as an emergency intervention to address high energy prices. This regulation imposed a mandatory tax on certain companies active in the crude petroleum, coal, natural gas, and refinery sectors. The regulation required Member States to levy a minimum 33 percent tax on in-scope companies’ 2022 and/or 2023 “surplus profits", defined in the regulation as taxable profits exceeding 120 percent of the annual average profits during the 2018-2021 period. EU Member States were required to implement the tax, or an equivalent national measure, by December 31, 2022. The enactment of these regulations by Member States resulted in an after-tax charge of approximately $1.8 billion to the Corporation’s fourth-quarter 2022 results, mainly reflected in the line “Income tax expense (benefit)” on the Consolidated Statement of Income.

The future impact of this regulation and other measures directed at the energy sector which were imposed by EU Member States and the UK over the last few months could be a reduction to earnings of up to $2 billion depending on commodity prices and levels of taxable income.

48

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS RESULTS

Upstream

ExxonMobil continues to sustain a diverse growth portfolio of exploration and development opportunities, which enables the Corporation to be selective, maximizing shareholder value and mitigating political and technical risks. ExxonMobil’s fundamental strategies guide our global Upstream business, including capturing material and accretive opportunities to continually high-grade the resource portfolio, selectively developing attractive oil and natural gas resources, developing and applying high-impact technologies, and pursuing productivity and efficiency gains as well as a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. These strategies are underpinned by a relentless focus on operational excellence, development of our employees, and investment in the communities within which we operate.

As future development projects and drilling activities bring new production online, the Corporation expects a shift in the geographic mix and in the type of opportunities from which volumes are produced. Based on current investment plans, the proportion of oil-equivalent production from the Americas is generally expected to increase over the next several years. About half of the Corporation's global production comes from unconventional, deepwater, and LNG resources. This proportion is generally expected to grow over the next few years.

The Upstream capital program continues to prioritize low cost-of-supply opportunities. ExxonMobil has a strong pipeline of development projects including continued growth in Guyana, Brazil, the Permian Basin, as well as LNG expansion opportunities in Qatar, Mozambique, Papua New Guinea, and the United States.

The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups; operational outages; reservoir performance; regulatory changes; the impact of fiscal and commercial terms; asset sales; weather events; price effects on production sharing contracts; changes in the amount and timing of capital investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment; international trade patterns and relations; and other factors described in Item 1A. Risk Factors.

ExxonMobil believes prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand side largely being a function of general economic activities, levels of prosperity, technology advances, consumer preference and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be significantly impacted by political events, the actions of OPEC and other large government resource owners, alternative energy sources, and other factors.

Key Recent Events

Significant progress was made on key new developments during 2022.

Guyana: Exploration success continued with 10 additional discoveries in 2022 in the Stabroek block. The Liza Phase 2 Unity floating production, storage and offloading vessel started production in February 2022, and our combined Liza Phase 1 and 2 developments produced above previous expectations, averaging more than 360 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day in the fourth quarter. On Payara, the third project, development drilling continued and anticipated start-up timing has been accelerated to year-end 2023. Yellowtail is the fourth and largest world-class development project and is expected to achieve first oil in 2025.

Brazil: Development work is progressing on the Bacalhau Phase 1 project.

Permian: Production volumes averaged about 550 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day (koebd) in 2022, approximately 90 koebd higher than the previous year. The Corporation was successful in increasing drilling performance and continuing to improve capital efficiency. ExxonMobil previously announced plans to achieve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1 and 2) from our operated unconventional operations in the Permian Basin by 2030. Towards this objective, we advanced several emissions-reduction initiatives in 2022 including elimination of all routine flaring(1), progress with pneumatic device replacement, electrification of equipment and enhancements to methane emissions detection technology.

LNG: ExxonMobil continued work to expand its LNG portfolio and secured participation in the Qatar North Field East project, which will increase ExxonMobil’s participation in Qatar LNG production from 52 to 60 million metric tons per year. The Coral South Floating LNG development began production in October 2022 as the first development in Mozambique’s Rovuma Basin, and is expected to produce up to 3.4 million metric tons of LNG per year. The company also completed key commercial milestones to begin the Papua New Guinea expansion, and the Golden Pass LNG project remains on schedule for 2024 start-up in the U.S. Gulf Coast.

(1) References to routine flaring herein are consistent with the World Bank's Zero Routine Flaring Reduction Partnership's (GGFRP) principle of routine flaring, and excludes safety and non-routine flaring.

49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202220212020
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States11,7283,663(19,385)
Non-U.S.24,75112,112(645)
Total36,47915,775(20,030)
Identified Items (1)
United States299(263)(17,092)
Non-U.S.(3,238)(280)(2,602)
Total(2,939)(543)(19,694)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States11,4293,926(2,293)
Non-U.S.27,98912,3921,957
Total39,41816,318(336)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2022 Upstream Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Price – Higher realizations increased earnings by $21,290 million reflecting tight supply and recovering demand, and favorable mark-to-market impacts of $2,800 million.

Volume/Mix – Volume and mix effects decreased earnings by $110 million. The earnings benefit from volume growth in Guyana and the Permian was offset by the volume loss from divestments, the Russia expropriation, and other impacts including weather-related downtime.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $880 million as strong cost control partly offset impacts from inflation and increased activity.

Identified Items(1) – 2021 $(543) million loss as a result of impairments of $(752) million and contractual provisions of $(250) million, partly offset by a $459 million gain from the U.K Central and Northern North Sea divestment; 2022 $(2,939) million loss mainly driven by the Russia expropriation $(2,185) million and impacts from additional European taxes $(1,415) million, partly offset by gains of $886 million on the sale of the Romania, U.S. Barnett Shale, and XTO Energy Canada assets.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2021 Upstream Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Price – Higher realizations increased earnings by $14,960 million.

Volume/Mix – Unfavorable volume and mix effects decreased earnings by $340 million.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $2,040 million, primarily driven by lower expenses of $1,360 million and one-time favorable tax items.

Identified Items(1) – 2020 $(19,694) million loss primarily reflected impairments of dry gas assets; 2021 $(543) million loss was as a result of impairments of $(752) million and contractual provisions of $(250) million, partly offset by a $459 million gain from the U.K Central and Northern North Sea divestment.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Upstream Operational Results

202220212020
Net production of crude oil, natural gas liquids, bitumen and synthetic oil (thousands of barrels daily)
United States776721685
Canada/Other Americas588560536
Europe42230
Africa238248312
Asia705695742
Australia/Oceania434344
Worldwide2,3542,2892,349
Net natural gas production available for sale(millions of cubic feet daily)
United States2,5512,7462,691
Canada/Other Americas148195277
Europe667808789
Africa71439
Asia3,4183,4653,486
Australia/Oceania1,4401,2801,219
Worldwide8,2958,5378,471
Oil-equivalent production (2)(thousands of oil-equivalent barrels daily)3,7373,7123,761
(2) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.

51

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Additional Information
(thousands of barrels daily)20222021
Volumes Reconciliation (Oil-equivalent production) (1)
Prior Year3,7123,761
Entitlements - Net Interest(44)(1)
Entitlements - Price / Spend / Other(34)(97)
Government Mandates808
Divestments(71)(24)
Growth / Other9465
Current Year3,7373,712
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.
2022 versus 20212022 production of 3.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day increased 25 thousand barrels per day from 2021. Growth in the Permian and Guyana, and easing government-mandated curtailments more than offset the impacts from divestments, the Russia expropriation, and lower entitlements due to higher prices.
2021 versus 20202021 production of 3.7 million oil-equivalent barrels per day decreased 49 thousand barrels per day from 2020, as higher demand and growth were more than offset by lower entitlements due to higher prices, decline, and divestments.

Listed below are descriptions of ExxonMobil’s volumes reconciliation factors, which are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms.

Entitlements - Net Interest are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes caused by non-operational changes to volume-determining factors. These factors consist of net interest changes specified in Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs), which typically occur when cumulative investment returns or production volumes achieve defined thresholds, changes in equity upon achieving pay-out in partner investment carry situations, equity redeterminations as specified in venture agreements, or as a result of the termination or expiry of a concession. Once a net interest change has occurred, it typically will not be reversed by subsequent events, such as lower crude oil prices.

Entitlements - Price, Spend and Other are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes resulting from temporary changes to non-operational volume-determining factors. These factors include changes in oil and gas prices or spending levels from one period to another. According to the terms of contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, price or spending variability can increase or decrease royalty burdens and/or volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. For example, at higher prices, fewer barrels are required for ExxonMobil to recover its costs. These effects generally vary from period to period with field spending patterns or market prices for oil and natural gas. Such factors can also include other temporary changes in net interest as dictated by specific provisions in production agreements.

Government Mandates are changes to ExxonMobil's sustainable production levels as a result of temporary non-operational production limits or sanctions imposed by governments, generally upon a country, sector, type or method of production.

Divestments are reductions in ExxonMobil’s production arising from commercial arrangements to fully or partially reduce equity in a field or asset in exchange for financial or other economic consideration.

Growth and Other factors comprise all other operational and non-operational factors not covered by the above definitions that may affect volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. Such factors include, but are not limited to, production enhancements from project and work program activities, acquisitions including additions from asset exchanges, downtime, market demand, natural field decline, and any fiscal or commercial terms that do not affect entitlements.

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products

ExxonMobil's Energy Products is one of the largest, most integrated businesses of its kind among international oil companies, with significant representation across the entire fuels value chain including refining, logistics, trading, and marketing. This segment brings fuels and aromatics value chains together, recognizing their history of working closely to optimize manufacturing sites, and includes catalysts and licensing.

With the largest refining footprint among international oil companies, ExxonMobil’s Energy Products earnings are closely tied to industry refining margins. Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials and the market prices for the products produced. Crude oil and many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on multiple exchanges around the world (e.g. New York Mercantile Exchange and Intercontinental Exchange). Prices for these commodities are determined by the global marketplace and are influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, industry refinery operations, import/export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather, and political considerations. While industry refining margins significantly impact Energy Products earnings, strong operations performance, product mix optimization, and disciplined cost control are also critical to strong financial performance.

Refining margins increased sharply in 2022, well above the top of the 10-year historical range (2010–2019). Demand for gasoline and diesel recovered to pre-pandemic levels, while jet fuel demand remained below historical levels reflecting continued COVID-19 impacts. Refinery shutdowns and lack of investments driven by the pandemic reduced industry capacity and resulted in a tight market.

Refining margins are anticipated to remain volatile in the near term as a result of significant global factors including China demand recovery and export quotas, recession fears, impacts from price caps and sanctions, low inventory levels, and new refining capacity additions.

Key Recent Events

Future capacity additions: The company mechanically completed its Beaumont Refinery expansion. This expansion will bring 250,000 barrels per day of crude distillation capacity to the market in first quarter 2023.

Strathcona Renewable Diesel Project: Progressed 20,000 barrels per day renewable diesel project, culminating in final investment decision in January 2023 for the largest such facility in Canada.

Billings divestment(1): In October 2022, ExxonMobil and its affiliates reached an agreement with Par Pacific Holdings for the sale of the Billings Refinery and select midstream assets in Montana and Washington.

Italy Fuels divestment(1): In December 2022, ExxonMobil reached an agreement with Italiana Petroli to sell its interest in the Trecate Refinery joint venture, select midstream assets, and the fuels marketing business.

Esso Thailand divestment(1): In January 2023, ExxonMobil reached an agreement with Bangchak Corporation to sell its interest in Esso Thailand, which includes the Sriracha Refinery, select distribution terminals, and a network of Esso-branded retail stations.

(1) The Corporation expects the transactions to close in 2023.

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Energy Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202220212020
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States8,340668(1,342)
Non-U.S.6,626(1,014)(1,230)
Total14,966(347)(2,572)
Identified Items (1)
United States(58)(4)
Non-U.S.(626)(636)
Total(684)(640)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States8,398668(1,338)
Non-U.S.7,252(1,014)(594)
Total15,650(347)(1,932)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.
2022 Energy Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Increased earnings by $14,360 million as industry refining conditions significantly improved from increased demand and low inventories, as well as stronger trading and marketing margins.

Volume/Mix – Increased earnings by $1,060 million reflecting improved product yields and higher throughput.

Other – Increased earnings by $570 million due to favorable foreign exchange and year-end inventory effects.

Identified Items (1) – 2022 $(684) million loss was driven by additional European taxes on the energy sector and impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

54

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2021 Energy Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Increased earnings by $1,360 million as industry refining conditions improved.

Volume/Mix – Decreased earnings by $90 million reflecting higher planned maintenance.

Other – Increased earnings by $320 million due to lower expenses, partly offset by unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(640) million loss was primarily as a result of impairments and unfavorable tax items.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Energy Products Operational Results

(thousands of barrels daily)202220212020
Refinery throughput
United States1,7021,6231,549
Canada418379340
Europe1,1921,2101,173
Asia Pacific539571553
Other179162158
Worldwide4,0303,9453,773
Energy Products sales (2)
United States2,4262,2672,159
Non-U.S.2,9212,8632,704
Worldwide5,3475,1304,863
Gasoline, naphthas2,2322,1581,994
Heating oils, kerosene, diesel1,7741,7491,751
Aviation fuels338220213
Heavy fuels235269249
Other energy products768734656
Worldwide5,3475,1304,863
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.

55

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical Products

ExxonMobil is a leading global manufacturer and marketer of petrochemicals that support modern living. Chemical Products helps meet society’s evolving needs by providing a wide range of innovative, valuable products in an efficient and responsible manner. This is supported by our unique combination of industry-leading scale and integration along with ExxonMobil’s proprietary technology, which is fundamental to producing performance products that enable lighter, more durable solutions that use less material, save energy, and reduce costs and waste. These competitive advantages are underpinned by operational excellence, advantaged investments, and cost discipline. This segment includes olefins, polyolefins, and intermediates.

Over the long term, worldwide demand for chemicals is expected to grow faster than the economy as a whole, driven by global population growth, an expanding middle class, and improving living standards. Chemical Products integration with refineries, performance product mix, and project execution capability improves returns on investments across a range of market environments.

In 2022, chemical industry margins decreased, falling below the 10-year historical range (2010-2019), reflecting bottom-of-cycle conditions in Asia Pacific, increased industry capacity, and the closure of the regional pricing disconnect between Asia and the Atlantic Basin. Despite the decline in industry margins, Chemical Products earnings remained above the segment’s 10-year average, benefiting from strong reliability, expense management, and mix of performance products.

Key Recent Events

Polypropylene expansion: ExxonMobil successfully started up a new polypropylene unit in Baton Rouge, Louisiana. This increased capacity by 450,000 metric tons per year, meeting growing demand for high-performance, lightweight, and durable plastics.

Advanced recycling: ExxonMobil started up one of North America’s largest advanced recycling units at our integrated manufacturing complex in Baytown, Texas. This facility uses proprietary technology to break down hard-to-recycle plastics and transform them into raw materials for new products. It is capable of processing more than 80 million pounds of plastic waste per year, supporting a circular economy for post-use plastics and helping divert plastic waste currently sent to landfills.

Future capacity additions: ExxonMobil is making additional, long-term chemical investments with our Chemical expansion in Baytown, Texas, which will produce performance chemicals such as Vistamaxx™ polymers and Elevexx™ linear alpha olefins, and in China, where we continue to progress construction of our multi-billion dollar chemical complex in the Dayawan Petrochemical Industrial Park in Huizhou, Guangdong Province.

56

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202220212020
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States2,3283,6971,196
Non-U.S.1,2153,2921,061
Total3,5436,9892,257
Identified Items (1)
United States(90)
Non-U.S.(15)
Total(105)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States2,3283,6971,286
Non-U.S.1,2153,2921,076
Total3,5436,9892,362
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2022 Chemical Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Lower margins decreased earnings by $3,030 million with normalization of regional prices during the year, increased supply, and bottom-of-cycle conditions in Asia Pacific.

Volume/Mix – Product mix decreased earnings by $170 million.

Other – All other items decreased earnings by $250 million primarily as a result of higher expenses from production capacity additions, and foreign exchange effects from a stronger U.S. dollar.

57

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2021 Chemical Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Stronger margins increased earnings by $4,370 million.

Volume/Mix – Higher volumes increased earnings by $130 million.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $130 million primarily as a result of lower expenses.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(105) million loss was driven by impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Chemical Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202220212020
Chemical prime product sales (2)
United States7,2707,0176,602
Non-U.S.11,89712,12612,186
Worldwide19,16719,14218,787
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Specialty Products

ExxonMobil Specialty Products is a combination of business units that manufacture and market a range of performance products including high-quality lubricants, basestocks, waxes, synthetics, elastomers, and resins. Leveraging ExxonMobil’s proprietary technologies, Specialty Products focuses on providing performance products that help customers improve efficiency in the transportation and industrial sectors.

Demand for lubricants is expected to remain strong and grow in the industrial, aviation, and marine sectors. Specialty Products is well-positioned to help meet that demand through advantaged projects that leverage ExxonMobil's integration and world-class brands, such as Mobil 1.

In 2021, ExxonMobil completed the acquisition of Materia, a U.S.-based specialty chemical company. This business, built on proprietary technology, is now a part of the Specialty Products segment. Materia’s new class of polymers has properties well-suited for infrastructure, oil and gas, and mobility segments, notably wind turbine blades, steel rebar replacement, and anti-corrosion paints. Plans are being progressed to bring the product to market at scale.

Key Recent Events

Singapore Resid Upgrade Project: Progressed project which will leverage two proprietary technologies to upgrade fuel oil to Group II lubes and clean products, further strengthening ExxonMobil’s position as the largest basestock producer in the world.

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Specialty Products Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202220212020
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,1901,452571
Non-U.S.1,2251,807630
Total2,4153,2591,201
Identified Items (1)
United States498
Non-U.S.(40)136(228)
Total(40)634(228)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)
United States1,190954571
Non-U.S.1,2651,672858
Total2,4552,6251,429
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.
2022 Specialty Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Margins decreased earnings by $220 million driven by higher feed costs and energy prices.

Volume/Mix – Higher volumes increased earnings by $20 million on robust demand.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $30 million primarily as a result of positive year-end inventory effects, offset by increased expenses from higher maintenance and inflation, and unfavorable foreign exchange impacts.

Identified Items (1) – 2021 $634 million gain resulted from the Santoprene divestment; 2022 $(40) million loss from impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

60

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2021 Specialty Products Earnings Factor Analysis
(millions of dollars)

Margins – Stronger margins, particularly for basestocks, increased earnings by $680 million.

Volume/Mix – Higher volumes increased earnings by $300 million.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $220 million primarily as a result of lower expenses.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(228) million loss was driven by impairments; 2021 $634 million gain came from the Santoprene divestment.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Specialty Products Operational Results

(thousands of metric tons)202220212020
Specialty Products sales (2)
United States2,0491,9431,897
Non-U.S.5,7625,7235,340
Worldwide7,8107,6667,237
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.
Due to rounding, numbers presented may not add up precisely to the totals indicated.

61

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Corporate and Financing

Corporate and Financing is comprised of corporate activities that support the Corporation’s operating segments and ExxonMobil’s Low Carbon Solutions business. Corporate activities include general administrative support functions, financing and insurance activities. Low Carbon Solutions activities will be included in Corporate and Financing until the business is established with a material level of assets and customer contracts.

Corporate and Financing Financial Results

(millions of dollars)202220212020
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)(1,663)(2,636)(3,296)
Identified Items (1)302(64)(361)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1) (Non-GAAP)(1,965)(2,572)(2,935)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.
2022Corporate and Financing expenses were $1,663 million in 2022 compared to $2,636 million in 2021, with the decrease mainly due to lower pension-related expenses, favorable one-time tax impacts, and lower financing costs.
2021Corporate and Financing expenses were $2,636 million in 2021 compared to $3,296 million in 2020, with the decrease mainly due to the absence of prior year severance costs and lower financing costs.

62

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Sources and Uses of Cash
(millions of dollars)202220212020
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities76,79748,12914,668
Investing activities(14,742)(10,235)(18,459)
Financing activities(39,114)(35,423)5,285
Effect of exchange rate changes(78)(33)(219)
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents22,8632,4381,275
Total cash and cash equivalents (December 31)29,6656,8024,364

Total cash and cash equivalents were $29.7 billion at the end of 2022, up $22.9 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2022 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $57.6 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $24.0 billion for depreciation and depletion, proceeds from asset sales of $5.2 billion, and other investing activities of $1.5 billion. The major uses of funds included spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $18.4 billion; dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion; the purchase of ExxonMobil stock of $15.2 billion; a debt reduction of $7.2 billion; and additional investments and advances of $3.1 billion.

Total cash and cash equivalents were $6.8 billion at the end of 2021, up $2.4 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2021 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $23.6 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $20.6 billion for depreciation and depletion, contributions from operational working capital of $4.2 billion, proceeds from asset sales of $3.2 billion, and other investing activities of $1.5 billion. The major uses of funds included a debt reduction of $19.7 billion; spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $12.1 billion; dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion; and additional investments and advances of $2.8 billion.

The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are expected to cover the majority of financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt. On December 31, 2022, the Corporation had undrawn short-term committed lines of credit of $0.3 billion and undrawn long-term lines of credit of $1.2 billion.

To support cash flows in future periods, the Corporation will need to continually find or acquire and develop new fields, and continue to develop and apply new technologies and recovery processes to existing fields, in order to maintain or increase production. After a period of production at plateau rates, it is the nature of oil and gas fields to eventually produce at declining rates for the remainder of their economic life. Decline rates can vary widely by individual field due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the type of reservoir, fluid properties, recovery mechanisms, work activity, and age of the field. In particular, the Corporation’s key tight-oil plays have higher initial decline rates which tend to moderate over time. Furthermore, the Corporation’s net interest in production for individual fields can vary with price and the impact of fiscal and commercial terms.

The Corporation has long been successful at mitigating the effects of natural field decline through disciplined investments in quality opportunities and project execution. The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups; operational outages; reservoir performance; regulatory changes; the impact of fiscal and commercial terms; asset sales; weather events; price effects on production sharing contracts; changes in the amount and timing of investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment; and international trade patterns and relations. The Corporation’s cash flows are also highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices. Please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for a more complete discussion of risks.

The Corporation’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. Capital and exploration expenditures in 2022 were $22.7 billion, reflecting the Corporation’s continued active investment program. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $23 billion to $25 billion in 2023.

Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions. The Corporation has a large and diverse portfolio of development projects and exploration opportunities, which helps mitigate the overall political and technical risks of the Corporation’s Upstream segment and associated cash flow. Further, due to its financial strength and diverse portfolio of opportunities, the risk associated with failure or delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for operations and its fixed commitments.

63

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The Corporation, as part of its ongoing asset management program, continues to evaluate its mix of assets for potential upgrade. Because of the ongoing nature of this program, dispositions will continue to be made from time to time which will result in either gains or losses. Additionally, the Corporation continues to evaluate opportunities to enhance its business portfolio through acquisitions of assets or companies, and enters into such transactions from time to time. Key criteria for evaluating acquisitions include strategic fit, potential for future growth and attractive current valuations. Acquisitions may be made with cash, shares of the Corporation’s common stock, or both.

ExxonMobil closely monitors the potential impact of Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) reform, including LIBOR, under a number of scenarios and has taken steps to mitigate the potential impact. Accordingly, ExxonMobil does not believe this event represents a material risk to the Corporation’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

2022

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $76.8 billion in 2022, $28.7 billion higher than 2021. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $57.6 billion, an increase of $34.0 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $24.0 billion, up $3.4 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.0 billion, a decrease of $0.2 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was a reduction of $2.4 billion, compared to a reduction of $0.7 billion in 2021. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2022 by $0.2 billion.

2021

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $48.1 billion in 2021, $33.5 billion higher than 2020. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $23.6 billion, an increase of $46.8 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $20.6 billion, down $25.4 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.2 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was a reduction of $0.7 billion, compared to a reduction of $1.0 billion in 2020. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, increased cash in 2021 by $4.2 billion.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

2022

Cash used in investing activities netted to $14.7 billion in 2022, $4.5 billion higher than 2021. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $18.4 billion increased $6.3 billion from 2021. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $5.2 billion compared to $3.2 billion in 2021. Additional investments and advances were $0.3 billion higher in 2022, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances were $1.5 billion during the year.

2021

Cash used in investing activities netted to $10.2 billion in 2021, $8.2 billion lower than 2020. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $12.1 billion decreased $5.2 billion from 2020. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $3.2 billion compared to $1.0 billion in 2020. Additional investments and advances were $2.0 billion lower in 2021, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances decreased by $1.2 billion.

64

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

2022

Cash used in financing activities was $39.1 billion in 2022, $3.7 billion higher than 2021. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.55 per share from $3.49 per share and totaled $14.9 billion. During 2022, the Corporation utilized cash to reduce debt by $7.2 billion.

ExxonMobil share of equity increased $26.5 billion to $195.0 billion. The addition to equity for earnings was $55.7 billion. This was offset by reductions for dividends to ExxonMobil shareholders of $14.9 billion. Foreign exchange translation effects of $3.1 billion for the stronger U.S. dollar reduced equity, and a $3.6 billion change in the funded status of the postretirement benefits reserves increased equity.

During 2022, Exxon Mobil Corporation restarted its share repurchase program for up to $50 billion in shares through 2024, including the purchase of 162 million shares at a cost of $15 billion in 2022.

2021

Cash flow from financing activities was $35.4 billion in 2021, $40.7 billion higher than 2020. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.49 per share from $3.48 per share and totaled $14.9 billion. During 2021, the Corporation utilized cash to reduce debt by $19.7 billion.

ExxonMobil share of equity increased $11.4 billion to $168.6 billion. The addition to equity for earnings was $23.0 billion. This was offset by reductions for distributions to ExxonMobil shareholders of $14.9 billion, all in the form of dividends. Foreign exchange translation effects of $0.9 billion for the stronger U.S. dollar reduced equity, and a $3.8 billion change in the funded status of the postretirement benefits reserves increased equity.

During 2021, Exxon Mobil Corporation suspended its share repurchase program used to offset shares or units settled in shares issued in conjunction with the company’s benefit plans and programs.

Contractual Obligations

The Corporation has contractual obligations involving commitments to third parties that impact its liquidity and capital resource needs. These contractual obligations are primarily for leases, debt, asset retirement obligations, pension and other postretirement benefits, take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations, and firm capital commitments. See Notes 9, 11, 14 and 17 for information related to asset retirement obligations, leases, long-term debt and pensions, respectively.

In addition, the Corporation also enters into commodity purchase obligations (volumetric commitments but no fixed or minimum price) which are resold shortly after purchase, either in an active, highly liquid market or under long-term, unconditional sales contracts with similar pricing terms. Examples include long-term, noncancelable LNG and natural gas purchase commitments and commitments to purchase refinery products at market prices. These commitments are not meaningful in assessing liquidity and cash flow, because the purchases will be offset in the same periods by cash received from the related sales transactions.

Take-or-pay obligations are noncancelable, long-term commitments for goods and services. Unconditional purchase obligations are those long-term commitments that are noncancelable or cancelable only under certain conditions, and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the contracted goods or services. These obligations mainly pertain to pipeline, manufacturing supply and terminal agreements. The total obligation at year-end 2022 for take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations was $38.2 billion. Cash payments expected in 2023 and 2024 are $3.8 billion and $3.5 billion, respectively.

Guarantees

The Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries were contingently liable at December 31, 2022 for guarantees relating to notes, loans and performance under contracts (Note 16). Where guarantees for environmental remediation and other similar matters do not include a stated cap, the amounts reflect management’s estimate of the maximum potential exposure. Where it is not possible to make a reasonable estimation of the maximum potential amount of future payments, future performance is expected to be either immaterial or have only a remote chance of occurrence. Guarantees are not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

65

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Financial Strength

On December 31, 2022, the Corporation had total unused short-term committed lines of credit of $0.3 billion (Note 6) and total unused long-term committed lines of credit of $1.2 billion (Note 14). The table below shows the Corporation’s consolidated debt to capital ratios.

(percent)202220212020
Debt to capital16.921.429.2
Net debt to capital5.418.927.8

Management views the Corporation’s financial strength to be a competitive advantage of strategic importance. The Corporation’s financial position gives it the opportunity to access the world’s capital markets across a range of market conditions, and enables the Corporation to take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value.

Stronger industry conditions in 2021 and 2022 enabled the Corporation to strengthen the balance sheet and return debt to pre-pandemic levels. The Corporation reduced debt by $19.9 billion in 2021 and an additional $6.5 billion in 2022, ending the year with $41.2 billion in total debt.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

As discussed in Note 16, a variety of claims have been made against ExxonMobil and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuit against ExxonMobil will have a material adverse effect upon the Corporation’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition. Refer to Note 16 for additional information on legal proceedings and other contingencies.

66

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CAPITAL AND EXPLORATION EXPENDITURES

Capital and exploration expenditures (Capex) represent the combined total of additions at cost to property, plant and equipment, and exploration expenses on a before-tax basis from the Consolidated Statement of Income. ExxonMobil’s Capex includes its share of similar costs for equity companies. Capex excludes assets acquired in nonmonetary exchanges, the value of ExxonMobil shares used to acquire assets, and depreciation on the cost of exploration support equipment and facilities recorded to property, plant and equipment when acquired. While ExxonMobil’s management is responsible for all investments and elements of net income, particular focus is placed on managing the controllable aspects of this group of expenditures.

(millions of dollars)20222021
U.S.Non-U.S.TotalU.S.Non-U.S.Total
Upstream (including exploration expenses)6,96810,03417,0024,0188,23612,254
Energy Products1,3511,0592,4109821,0051,987
Chemical Products1,1231,8422,9651,2008252,025
Specialty Products46222268185141326
Other595933
Total9,54713,15722,7046,38810,20716,595

Capex in 2022 was $22.7 billion, as the Corporation continued to pursue opportunities to find and produce new supplies of oil and natural gas to meet global demand for energy. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $23 billion to $25 billion in 2023. Included in the 2023 capital spend range is $11.6 billion of firm capital commitments. An additional $11.4 billion of firm capital commitments have been made for years 2024 and beyond. Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions.

Upstream spending of $17.0 billion in 2022 was up 39 percent from 2021, reflecting higher spend in the U.S. Permian Basin and advantaged projects in Guyana. Development projects typically take several years from the time of recording proved undeveloped reserves to the start of production and can exceed five years for large and complex projects. The percentage of proved developed reserves was 63 percent of total proved reserves at year-end 2022, and has been over 60 percent for the last ten years.

Capital investments in Energy Products totaled $2.4 billion in 2022, an increase of $0.4 billion from 2021, reflecting higher global project spending, including the refinery expansion in Beaumont, Texas. Chemical Products capital expenditures of $3.0 billion increased $0.9 billion, representing increased spend on key growth projects such as the China chemical complex. Specialty Products capital expenditures of $0.3 billion decreased $0.1 billion.

TAXES

(millions of dollars)202220212020
Income taxes20,1767,636(5,632)
Effective income tax rate33%31%17%
Total other taxes and duties31,45532,95528,425
Total51,63140,59122,793

2022

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $51.6 billion in 2022, an increase of $11.0 billion from 2021. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $20.2 billion compared to $7.6 billion in 2021. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 33 percent compared to 31 percent in the prior year driven by impacts from additional European taxes on the energy sector. Total other taxes and duties of $31.5 billion in 2022 decreased $1.5 billion.

2021

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $40.6 billion in 2021, an increase of $17.8 billion from 2020. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $7.6 billion compared to a $5.6 billion benefit in 2020. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 31 percent compared to 17 percent in the prior year due primarily to a change in mix of results in jurisdictions with varying tax rates. Total other taxes and duties of $33.0 billion in 2021 increased $4.5 billion.

67

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Environmental Expenditures

(millions of dollars)20222021
Capital expenditures1,8641,202
Other expenditures3,8353,361
Total5,6994,563

Throughout ExxonMobil’s businesses, new and ongoing measures are taken to prevent and minimize the impact of our operations on air, water and ground. These include a significant investment in refining infrastructure and technology to manufacture clean fuels, as well as projects to monitor and reduce air, water, and waste emissions, and expenditures for asset retirement obligations. Using definitions and guidelines established by the American Petroleum Institute, ExxonMobil’s 2022 worldwide environmental expenditures for all such preventative and remediation steps, including ExxonMobil’s share of equity company expenditures, were $5.7 billion, of which $3.8 billion were included in expenses with the remainder in capital expenditures. As the Corporation progresses its emission-reduction plans, worldwide environmental expenditures are expected to increase to approximately $7.3 billion in 2023, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 46 percent of the total. Costs for 2024 are anticipated to increase to approximately $8.2 billion, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 51 percent of the total.

Environmental Liabilities

The Corporation accrues environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. This policy applies to assets or businesses currently owned or previously disposed. ExxonMobil has accrued liabilities for probable environmental remediation obligations at various sites, including multiparty sites where the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has identified ExxonMobil as one of the potentially responsible parties. The involvement of other financially responsible companies at these multiparty sites could mitigate ExxonMobil’s actual joint and several liability exposure. At present, no individual site is expected to have losses material to ExxonMobil’s operations or financial condition. Consolidated company provisions made in 2022 for environmental liabilities were $185 million ($146 million in 2021), and the balance sheet reflects liabilities of $730 million as of December 31, 2022, and $807 million as of December 31, 2021.

MARKET RISKS

Worldwide Average Realizations (1)202220212020
Crude oil and NGL ($ per barrel)87.2561.8935.41
Natural gas ($ per thousand cubic feet)7.484.332.01
(1) Consolidated subsidiaries.

Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product, and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings have varied across the Corporation's operating segments. For the year 2023, a $1 per barrel change in the weighted-average realized price of oil would have approximately a $500 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. Similarly, a $0.10 per thousand cubic feet change in the worldwide average gas realization would have approximately a $140 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil, results of trading activities, taxes and other government take impacts, price adjustment lags in long-term gas contracts, and crude and gas production volumes. Accordingly, changes in benchmark prices for crude oil and natural gas only provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period.

In the very competitive petroleum and petrochemical environment, earnings are primarily determined by margin capture rather than absolute price levels of products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced. These prices in turn depend on global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, refinery operations, import/export balances and weather.

The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or more of the Corporation’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and very long lead times associated with many of our projects, underscore the importance of maintaining a strong financial position. Management views the Corporation’s financial strength as a competitive advantage.

68

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and/or purchase products to/from other segments. Instead, where such sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive advantages of integrated refinery and chemical complexes. Additionally, intersegment sales are at market-based prices. The products bought and sold between segments can also be acquired in worldwide markets that have substantial liquidity, capacity, and transportation capabilities. Refer to Note 18 for additional information on intersegment revenue.

Although price levels of crude oil and natural gas may rise or fall significantly over the short to medium term due to global economic conditions, political events, decisions by OPEC and other major government resource owners and other factors, industry economics over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand. The Corporation evaluates investments over a range of prices, including estimated greenhouse gas emission costs even in jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

The Corporation has an active asset management program in which nonstrategic assets are considered for divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure that assets are contributing to the Corporation’s strategic objectives.

Risk Management

The Corporation’s size, strong capital structure, geographic diversity, and the complementary nature of its business segments reduce the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices, currency rates, and interest rates. In addition, the Corporation uses commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk and to generate returns from trading. The Corporation’s commodity derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. At times, the Corporation also enters into currency and interest rate derivatives, none of which are material to the Corporation’s financial position as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, or results of operations for the years ended 2022, 2021, and 2020. Credit risk associated with the Corporation’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. No material market or credit risks to the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity exist as a result of the derivatives described in Note 13. The Corporation maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity.

The Corporation is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its short-term debt and the portion of long-term debt that carries floating interest rates. The impact of a 100-basis-point change in interest rates affecting the Corporation’s debt would not be material to earnings or cash flow. The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are generally expected to cover financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt as required. Commercial paper is used to balance short-term liquidity requirements. Some joint-venture partners are dependent on the credit markets, and their funding ability may impact the development pace of joint-venture projects.

The Corporation conducts business in many foreign currencies and is subject to exchange rate risk on cash flows related to sales, expenses, financing and investment transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates are often offsetting and the impacts on ExxonMobil’s geographically and functionally diverse operations are varied. The Corporation makes limited use of currency exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, and exposures related to the Corporation’s use of these contracts are not material.

69

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals, and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and lower-emission fuels. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues, and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s accounting policies are summarized in Note 1.

Oil and Natural Gas Reserves

The estimation of proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments, and detailed analysis of well information such as flow rates and reservoir pressure declines, development and production costs, and other factors. The estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the Corporation through long-standing approval guidelines. Reserve changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by senior level geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the Global Reserves and Resources Group which has significant technical experience, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management. Notably, the Corporation does not use specific quantitative reserve targets to determine compensation. Key features of the reserve estimation process are covered in Disclosure of Reserves in Item 2.

Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves.

•Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year.

Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled proved acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for completion. Proved undeveloped reserves are recognized only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time.

The Corporation is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced. However, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policy, consumer preferences, and significant changes in oil and natural gas price levels.

•Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of (1) already available geologic, reservoir, or production data, (2) new geologic, reservoir, or production data, or (3) changes in the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in development strategy or production equipment and facility capacity.

Unit-of-Production Depreciation

Oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. Depreciation is calculated by taking the ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves or proved developed reserves applied to actual production. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability.

In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the Corporation uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes.

70

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Impairment

The Corporation tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Corporation has a robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups throughout the year. This process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932, and relies, in part, on the Corporation’s planning and budgeting cycle.

Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the Corporation’s major assets are measured in decades, the future cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices and industry margins, development costs, and production costs. Significant reductions in the Corporation’s view of oil or natural gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce, or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in ASC 360, can be indicators of potential impairment as well.

In general, the Corporation does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments, and technology and efficiency advancements. OPEC investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities, alternative energy sources, and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major assets, the Corporation expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility. Consequently, these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices and margins.

Outlook for Energy and Cash Flow Assessment. The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the Corporate Plan, is the mechanism by which resources (capital, operating expenses, and people) are allocated across the Corporation. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the Corporate Plan is the Outlook for Energy (Outlook), which contains the Corporation’s demand and supply projections based on its assessment of current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, economic development, and other factors. Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Outlook does not attempt to project the degree of necessary future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or the Corporation, to meet net zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Outlook, and the Corporation’s business plans will be updated accordingly.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. In performing this assessment, assets are grouped at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows of other groups of assets. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the Corporate Plan, which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the Corporation’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs including greenhouse gas emission prices, and foreign currency exchange rates. Notably, when assessing future cash flows, the Corporation includes the estimated costs in support of reaching its 2030 greenhouse gas emission-reduction plans, including its goal of net-zero greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1 and 2) from unconventional operated assets in the Permian Basin. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. While third-party scenarios, such as the International Energy Agency's Net Zero Emissions by 2050, may be used for these purposes, they are not used as a basis for developing future cash flows for impairment assessments. As part of the Corporate Plan, the Company considers estimated greenhouse gas emission costs, even for jurisdictions without a current greenhouse gas pricing policy.

Fair Value of Impaired Assets. An asset group is impaired if its estimated undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the excess of the carrying value over fair value. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product sales volumes, commodity prices which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and government agencies, refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs, and discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group.

71

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Other Impairment Estimates. Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs are recorded based on the Corporation's future development plans, the estimated economic chance of success, and the length of time that the Corporation expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Judgment is required to determine if assets are held for sale and to determine the fair value less cost to sell.

Investments accounted for by the equity method are assessed for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Examples of key indicators include a history of operating losses, negative earnings and cash flow outlook, significant downward revisions to oil and gas reserves, and the financial condition and prospects for the investee’s business segment or geographic region. If the decline in value of the investment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the investment is written down to fair value. In the absence of market prices for the investment, discounted cash flows are used to assess fair value, which requires significant judgment.

Recent Impairments. In early 2022, in response to Russia’s military action in Ukraine, the Corporation announced that it planned to discontinue operations on the Sakhalin-1 project (“Sakhalin”) and develop steps to exit the venture. The Corporation’s first quarter results included after-tax charges of $3.0 billion representing the impairment of its Upstream operations related to Sakhalin. (Refer to Note 2 for further information on Russia.) Other after-tax impairment charges of $1.6 billion and $0.3 billion were recognized in Upstream and Energy Products, respectively.

In 2021, largely as a result of changes to Upstream development plans, the Corporation recognized after-tax impairment charges of approximately $1 billion. In 2020, as part of the Corporation's annual review and approval of its business and strategic plan, a decision was made to no longer develop a significant portion of the dry gas portfolio in the United States, Canada, and Argentina. The impairment of these assets resulted in after-tax charges of $18.4 billion in Upstream. Other after-tax impairment charges of $1.8 billion across the year related mainly to impairments of property, plant, and equipment, goodwill, and equity method investments.

Factors which could put further assets at risk of impairment in the future include reductions in the Corporation’s price or margin outlooks, changes in the allocation of capital or development plans, reduced long-term demand for the Corporation's products, and operating cost increases which exceed the pace of efficiencies or the pace of oil and natural gas price or margin increases. However, due to the inherent difficulty in predicting future commodity prices or margins, and the relationship between industry prices and costs, it is not practicable to reasonably estimate the existence or range of any potential future impairment charges related to the Corporation’s long-lived assets.

For further information regarding impairments in goodwill, equity method investments, property, plant, and equipment, and suspended wells, refer to Notes 3, 7, 9, and 10, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Corporation is subject to retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are recorded as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the estimation of fair value, the Corporation uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation, technical assessments of the assets, estimated amounts and timing of settlements, discount rates, and inflation rates. See Note 9 for further information regarding asset retirement obligations.

Suspended Exploratory Well Costs

The Corporation continues capitalization of exploratory well costs when it has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify completion as a producing well and the Corporation is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. Exploratory well costs not meeting these criteria are charged to expense. Assessing whether the Corporation is making sufficient progress on a project requires careful consideration of the facts and circumstances. The facts and circumstances that support continued capitalization of suspended wells at year-end are disclosed in Note 10.

72

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Pension Benefits

The Corporation and its affiliates sponsor 75 defined benefit (pension) plans in 40 countries. The Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits footnote (Note 17) provides details on pension obligations, fund assets, and pension expense.

Some of these plans (primarily non-U.S.) provide pension benefits that are paid directly by their sponsoring affiliates out of corporate cash flow rather than a separate pension fund because applicable tax rules and regulatory practices do not encourage advance funding. Book reserves are established for these plans. The portion of the pension cost attributable to employee service is expensed as services are rendered. The portion attributable to the increase in pension obligations due to the passage of time is expensed over the term of the obligations, which ends when all benefits are paid. The primary difference in pension expense for unfunded versus funded plans is that pension expense for funded plans also includes a credit for the expected long-term return on fund assets.

For funded plans, including those in the U.S., pension obligations are financed in advance through segregated assets or insurance arrangements. These plans are managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and meet or exceed required funding levels as measured by relevant actuarial and government standards at the mandated measurement dates. In determining liabilities and required contributions, these standards often require approaches and assumptions that differ from those used for accounting purposes.

The Corporation will continue to make contributions to these funded plans as necessary. All defined-benefit pension obligations, regardless of the funding status of the underlying plans, are fully supported by the financial strength of the Corporation or the respective sponsoring affiliate.

Pension accounting requires explicit assumptions regarding, among others, the long-term expected earnings rate on fund assets, the discount rate for the benefit obligations, and the long-term rate for future salary increases. Pension assumptions are reviewed annually by outside actuaries and senior management. These assumptions are adjusted as appropriate to reflect changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected earnings rate on U.S. pension plan assets in 2022 was 4.6 percent. The 10-year and 20-year actual returns on U.S. pension plan assets were 4 percent and 7 percent, respectively. The Corporation establishes the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward-looking, long-term return assumption for each pension fund asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. A worldwide reduction of 0.5 percent in the long-term rate of return on assets would increase annual pension expense by approximately $140 million before tax.

Differences between actual returns on fund assets and the long-term expected return are not recognized in pension expense in the year that the difference occurs. Such differences are deferred, along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected remaining service life of employees.

Litigation and Tax Contingencies

A variety of claims have been made against the Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. The Corporation accrues an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and significant, the Corporation discloses the nature of the contingency and, where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The status of significant claims is summarized in Note 16.

Management judgment is required related to contingent liabilities and the outcome of litigation because both are difficult to predict. However, the Corporation has been successful in defending litigation in the past. Payments have not had a material adverse effect on our operations or financial condition. In the Corporation’s experience, large claims often do not result in large awards. Large awards are often reversed or substantially reduced as a result of appeal or settlement.

The Corporation is subject to income taxation in many jurisdictions around the world. The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the Corporation has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict. The Corporation’s unrecognized tax benefits and a description of open tax years are summarized in Note 19.

73

FY 2021 10-K MD&A

SEC filing source: 0000034088-22-000011.

Extracted from a later financial-section MD&A body after the formal Item 7 span was a short reference. Confidence: high. Filing date: 2022-02-23. Report date: 2021-12-31.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Outlooks, projections, goals, targets, descriptions of strategic plans and objectives, and other statements of future events or conditions in this release are forward-looking statements. Similarly, emission-reduction roadmaps are dependent on future market factors, such as continued technological progress and policy support, and also represent forward-looking statements. Actual future results, including future energy demand and mix; financial and operating performance; realized price and margins; dividends and shareholder returns, including the timing and amounts of share repurchases; volume growth; project plans, timing, costs, and capacities; capital expenditures, including lower-emissions and environmental expenditures; cost reductions and structural cost savings; integration benefits; emission intensity and absolute emissions reductions; achievement of ambitions to reach Scope 1 and Scope 2 net-zero from operated assets by 2050, to reduce methane emissions and flaring, or to complete major asset emission reduction roadmaps; implementation and outcomes of carbon capture and storage projects and infrastructure, renewable fuel projects, blue hydrogen projects, and other technology efforts; the impact of new technologies on society and industry; capital expenditures and mix; investment returns; accounting and financial reporting effects resulting from market or regulatory developments and ExxonMobil’s responsive actions, including potential impairment charges; and the outcome of litigation and tax contingencies, could differ materially due to a number of factors. These include global or regional changes in the supply and demand for oil, natural gas, petrochemicals, and feedstocks and other market or economic conditions that impact demand, prices and differentials; policy and consumer support for lower-emission products and technologies in different jurisdictions; the impact of company actions to protect the health and safety of employees, vendors, customers, and communities; actions of competitors and commercial counterparties; the ability to access short- and long-term debt markets on a timely and affordable basis; the severity, length and ultimate impact of COVID-19 variants and government responses on people and economies; reservoir performance; the outcome of exploration projects and timely completion of development and construction projects; regulatory actions targeting public companies in the oil and gas industry; changes in local, national, or international law, taxes, regulation or policies affecting our business, including environmental regulations and timely granting of governmental permits; war, trade agreements and patterns, shipping blockades or harassment, and other political or security disturbances; the pace of regional and global economic recovery from the pandemic and the occurrence and severity of future outbreaks; opportunities for and regulatory approval of potential investments or divestments; the actions of competitors; the capture of efficiencies within and between business lines and the ability to maintain near-term cost reductions as ongoing efficiencies while maintaining future competitive positioning; unforeseen technical or operating difficulties; the development and competitiveness of alternative energy and emission reduction technologies; the results of research programs; the ability to bring new technologies to commercial scale on a cost-competitive basis; general economic conditions including the occurrence and duration of economic recessions; and other factors discussed under Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Energy demand models are forward-looking by nature and aim to replicate system dynamics of the global energy system, requiring simplifications. The reference to any scenario in this report, including any potential net-zero scenarios, does not imply ExxonMobil views any particular scenario as likely to occur. In addition, energy demand scenarios require assumptions on a variety of parameters. As such, the outcome of any given scenario using an energy demand model comes with a high degree of uncertainty. For example, the IEA describes its NZE scenario as extremely challenging, requiring unprecedented innovation, unprecedented international cooperation and sustained support and participation from consumers. Third-party scenarios discussed in this report reflect the modeling assumptions and outputs of their respective authors, not ExxonMobil, and their use by ExxonMobil is not an endorsement by ExxonMobil of their underlying assumptions, likelihood or probability. Investment decisions are made on the basis of ExxonMobil’s separate planning process, but may be secondarily tested for robustness or resiliency against different assumptions, including against various scenarios. Any use of the modeling of a third-party organization within this report does not constitute or imply an endorsement by ExxonMobil of any or all of the positions or activities of such organization.

OVERVIEW

The following discussion and analysis of ExxonMobil’s financial results, as well as the accompanying financial statements and related notes to consolidated financial statements to which they refer, are the responsibility of the management of Exxon Mobil Corporation. The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas, manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and biofuels. ExxonMobil's operating segments are Upstream, Downstream, and Chemical. Where applicable ExxonMobil voluntarily discloses additional U.S., Non-U.S. and regional splits to help investors better understand the company's operations.

In January 2022, the Corporation announced that effective April 2022 it is streamlining its business structure by combining the Chemical and Downstream businesses. The company will be organized along three businesses – Upstream, Product Solutions, and Low Carbon Solutions, aligning along market-focused value chains. Product Solutions will consist of Energy Products, Specialty Products and Chemical Products. Low Carbon Solutions will continue to be included in Corporate and Financing. The businesses will be supported by a combined technology organization, and other centralized service-delivery groups, building on the establishment of a worldwide major projects organization in 2019.

42

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ExxonMobil, with its resource base, financial strength, disciplined investment approach and technology portfolio, is well-positioned to participate in substantial investments to develop new energy supplies. The company’s integrated business model, with significant investments in Upstream, Downstream and Chemical segments and Low Carbon Solutions business, generally reduces the Corporation’s risk from changes in commodity prices. While commodity prices depend on supply and demand and may be volatile on a short-term basis, ExxonMobil’s investment decisions are grounded on fundamentals reflected in our long-term business outlook, and use a disciplined approach in selecting and pursuing the most attractive investment opportunities. The corporate plan is a fundamental annual management process that is the basis for setting operating and capital objectives in addition to providing the economic assumptions used for investment evaluation purposes. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the corporate plan is the Energy Outlook and corporate plan volume projections are based on individual field production profiles, which are also updated at least annually. Price ranges for crude oil, natural gas, including price differentials, refinery and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs, including greenhouse gas emission prices, and foreign currency exchange rates are based on corporate plan assumptions developed annually by major region and are utilized for investment evaluation purposes. Major investment opportunities are evaluated over a range of potential market conditions. Once major investments are made, a reappraisal process is completed to ensure relevant lessons are learned and improvements are incorporated into future projects.

BUSINESS ENVIRONMENT

Long-Term Business Outlook

ExxonMobil’s business planning is underpinned by a deep understanding of long-term energy fundamentals. These fundamentals include energy supply and demand trends, the scale and variety of energy needs worldwide; capability, practicality and affordability of energy alternatives including low-carbon solutions; greenhouse gas emission-reduction technologies; and supportive government policies. The company’s Energy Outlook (Outlook) considers these fundamentals to form the basis for the company’s long-term business planning, investment decisions, and research programs. The Outlook reflects the company’s view of global energy demand and supply through 2050. It is a projection based on current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic development. In addition, ExxonMobil considers a range of scenarios - including remote scenarios - to help inform perspective of the future and enhance strategic thinking over time. Included in the range of these scenarios are the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change Lower 2°C and the International Energy Agency's Net Zero Emissions (IEA NZE) by 2050 scenario. To effectively evaluate the pace of change, ExxonMobil uses many scenarios to help identify signposts that provide leading indicators of future developments and allow for timely adjustments to the Outlook. The IEA describes the IEA NZE as extremely challenging, requiring all stakeholders – governments, businesses, investors and citizens – to take action this year and every year after so that the goal does not slip out of reach. The scenario assumes unprecedented and sustained energy efficiency gains, innovation and technology transfer, lower-emission investments, and globally coordinated greenhouse gas reduction policy. The IEA acknowledges that society is not on the IEA NZE pathway.

By 2050, the world’s population is projected at around 9.7 billion people, or about 2 billion more than in 2019. Coincident with this population increase, the Corporation expects worldwide economic growth to average close to 2.5 percent per year, with economic output growing by around 125 percent by 2050 compared to 2019. As economies and populations grow, and as living standards improve for billions of people, the need for energy is expected to continue to rise. Even with significant efficiency gains, global energy demand is projected to rise by almost 15 percent from 2019 to 2050. This increase in energy demand is expected to be driven by developing countries (i.e., those that are not member nations of the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (OECD)).

As expanding prosperity drives global energy demand higher, increasing use of energy-efficient technologies and practices as well as lower-emission products will continue to help significantly reduce energy consumption and emissions per unit of economic output over time. Substantial efficiency gains are likely in all key aspects of the world’s economy through 2050, affecting energy requirements for power generation, transportation, industrial applications, and residential and commercial needs.

Under our Outlook, global electricity demand is expected to increase almost 75 percent from 2019 to 2050, with developing countries likely to account for about 80 percent of the increase. Consistent with this projection, power generation is expected to remain the largest and fastest growing major segment of global primary energy demand, supported by a wide variety of energy sources. The share of coal-fired generation is expected to decline substantially and approach 15 percent of the world’s electricity in 2050, versus nearly 35 percent in 2019, in part as a result of policies to improve air quality as well as reduce greenhouse gas emissions to address risks related to climate change. From 2019 to 2050, the amount of electricity supplied using natural gas, nuclear power, and renewables is expected to more than double, accounting for the entire growth in electricity supplies and offsetting the reduction of coal. Electricity from wind and solar is expected to increase more than 600 percent, helping total renewables (including other sources, e.g. hydropower) to account for about 80 percent of the increase in electricity supplies worldwide through 2050. Total renewables are expected to reach about 50 percent of global electricity supplies by 2050. Natural gas and nuclear are also expected to increase shares over the period to 2050, reaching more than 25 percent and about 10 percent of global electricity supplies, respectively, by 2050. Supplies of electricity by energy type will reflect significant differences across regions reflecting a wide range of factors including the cost and availability of various energy supplies and policy developments.

43

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Under our Outlook, energy for transportation - including cars, trucks, ships, trains and airplanes - is expected to increase by almost 25 percent from 2019 to 2050. Transportation energy demand is expected to account for over 40 percent of the growth in liquid fuels demand worldwide over this period. Light-duty vehicle demand for liquid fuels is projected to peak by around 2025 and then decline to levels seen in the early-2000s by 2050 as the impact of better fuel economy and significant growth in electric cars, led by China, Europe, and the United States, work to offset growth in the worldwide car fleet of about 75 percent. By 2050, light-duty vehicles are expected to account for around 15 percent of global liquid fuels demand. During the same time period, nearly all the world’s commercial transportation fleets are expected to continue to run on liquid fuels, including biofuels, which are widely available and offer practical advantages in providing a large quantity of energy in small volumes.

Liquid fuels provide the largest share of global energy supplies today reflecting broad-based availability, affordability, ease of transportation, and fitness as a practical solution to meet a wide variety of needs. By 2050, global demand for liquid fuels is projected to grow to approximately 114 million barrels of oil equivalent per day, an increase of about 14 percent from 2019. The non-OECD share of global liquid fuels demand is expected to increase to nearly 70 percent by 2050, as liquid fuels demand in the OECD is expected to decline by more than 20 percent. Much of the global liquid fuels demand today is met by crude production from traditional conventional sources; these supplies will remain important, and significant development activity is expected to offset much of the natural declines from these fields. At the same time, a variety of emerging supply sources - including tight oil, deepwater, oil sands, natural gas liquids and biofuels - are expected to grow to help meet rising demand. The world’s resource base is sufficient to meet projected demand through 2050 as technology advances continue to expand the availability of economic and lower-carbon supply options. However, timely investments will remain critical to meeting global needs with reliable and affordable supplies.

Natural gas is a lower-emission, versatile and practical fuel for a wide variety of applications, and it is expected to grow the most of any primary energy type from 2019 to 2050, meeting about 55 percent of global energy demand growth. Global natural gas demand is expected to rise nearly 35 percent from 2019 to 2050, with more than half of that increase coming from the Asia Pacific region. Significant growth in supplies of unconventional gas - the natural gas found in shale and other tight rock formations - will help meet these needs. In total, about 50 percent of the growth in natural gas supplies is expected to be from unconventional sources. At the same time, conventionally-produced natural gas is likely to remain the cornerstone of global supply, meeting more than two-thirds of worldwide demand in 2050. Liquefied natural gas (LNG) trade will expand significantly, meeting about 40 percent of the increase in global demand growth, with much of this supply expected to help meet rising demand in Asia Pacific.

The world’s energy mix is highly diverse and will remain so through 2050. Oil is expected to remain the largest source of energy with its share remaining close to 30 percent in 2050. Coal is currently the second largest source of energy, but it is expected to lose that position to natural gas in the next few years. The share of natural gas is expected to reach more than 25 percent by 2050, while the share of coal falls to about half that of natural gas. Nuclear power is projected to grow significantly, as many nations are likely to expand nuclear capacity to address rising electricity needs as well as energy security and environmental issues. Total renewable energy is expected to exceed 20 percent of global energy by 2050, with biomass, hydro and geothermal contributing a combined share of more than 10 percent. Total energy supplied from wind, solar and biofuels is expected to increase rapidly, growing over 420 percent from 2019 to 2050, when they are projected to be about 10 percent of the world energy mix.

To meet this projected demand under our Outlook, the Corporation anticipates that the world’s available oil and gas resource base will grow not only from new discoveries, but also from increases in previously discovered fields. Technology will underpin these increases. The investments to develop and supply resources to meet global demand through 2050 will be significant. This reflects a fundamental aspect of the oil and natural gas business as the International Energy Agency (IEA) describes in its World Energy Outlook 2021.

International accords and underlying regional and national regulations covering greenhouse gas emissions continue to evolve with uncertain timing and outcome, making it difficult to predict their business impact. For many years, the Corporation has taken into account policies established to reduce energy-related greenhouse gas emissions in its long-term Energy Outlook. The climate accord reached at the Conference of the Parties (COP 21) in Paris set many new goals, and many related policies are still emerging. Our Energy Outlook reflects an environment with increasingly stringent climate policies and is consistent with the global aggregation of Nationally Determined Contributions (NDCs), as available at the end of 2020, which were submitted by signatories to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) 2015 Paris Agreement. Our Energy Outlook seeks to identify potential impacts of climate-related policies, which often target specific sectors. It estimates potential impacts of these policies on consumer energy demand by using various assumptions and tools - including, depending on the sector, and, as applicable, use of a proxy cost of carbon or assessment of targeted policies (e.g. automotive fuel economy standards). For purposes of the Energy Outlook, a proxy cost on energy-related CO2 emissions is assumed to reach about $100 per metric ton in 2050 in OECD nations. China and other leading non-OECD nations are expected to trail OECD policy initiatives. Nevertheless, as people and nations look for ways to reduce risks of global climate change, they will continue to need practical solutions that do not jeopardize the affordability or reliability of the energy they need. The Corporation continues to monitor the updates to the NDCs that nations provided around COP 26 in Glasgow in November 2021 as well as other policy developments in light of net-zero ambitions recently formulated by some nations.

44

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The information provided in the Outlook includes ExxonMobil’s internal estimates and projections based upon internal data and analyses as well as publicly available information from external sources including the International Energy Agency.

Leading the Drive to Net Zero

The company plans to play a leading role in the energy transition by leveraging its core capabilities to meet society’s needs for products essential for modern life, while addressing the challenge of climate change.

The Corporation announced its ambition to achieve net-zero emissions from its operated assets by 2050 (Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse gas emissions) and is taking a comprehensive approach centered on developing detailed emission-reduction roadmaps for major operated assets. The company’s roadmap approach identifies greenhouse gas emission-reduction opportunities and the investment and future policy needs required to achieve net-zero. The roadmaps are tailored to account for facility configuration and maintenance schedules, and they will be updated as technologies and policies evolve. Net-zero roadmaps for major assets, covering about 90% of the company’s greenhouse gas emissions, are scheduled to be completed by year-end 2022, and the remainder in 2023.

Our strategy uses our advantages in scale, integration, technology and people to build globally competitive businesses that lead industry in earnings and cash flow growth across a broad range of scenarios. The company’s plans to reduce greenhouse gas emissions through 2030 compared to 2016 levels support its net-zero ambition. The plans are expected to result in a 20-30% reduction in corporate-wide greenhouse gas intensity, including reductions of 40-50% in upstream intensity, 70-80% in methane intensity and 60-70% in flaring intensity. These plans include actions that are expected to reduce absolute corporate-wide greenhouse gas emissions by approximately 20%, including an estimated 70% reduction in methane emissions, 60% reduction in flaring emissions and 30% reduction in upstream emissions.

ExxonMobil established its Low Carbon Solutions business in early 2021, leveraging its unique combination of capabilities such as geophysics expertise and complex project management, to establish a new business in carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and biofuels to accelerate emission reductions for customers and in its existing businesses.

The Corporation plans to invest in initiatives to lower greenhouse gas emissions. A significant focus is on scaling up carbon capture and storage, hydrogen, and biofuels. Stronger policy further accelerates development and deployment of lower-emission technologies, and would provide ExxonMobil additional investment opportunities to reduce greenhouse gas emissions. The company's robust research and development process, continued evaluation of emerging technologies, and global collaborations will be key to identifying and growing lower-emission opportunities. During the start-up phase, the Low Carbon Solutions business will be reflected in Corporate and Financing.

Recent Business Environment

In early 2020, the balance of supply and demand for petroleum and petrochemical products experienced two significant disruptive effects. On the demand side, the COVID-19 pandemic spread rapidly through most areas of the world resulting in substantial reductions in consumer and business activity and significantly reduced demand for crude oil, natural gas, and petroleum products. This reduction in demand coincided with announcements of increased production in certain key oil-producing countries which led to increases in inventory levels and sharp declines in prices for crude oil, natural gas, and petroleum products.

Demand for petroleum and petrochemical products has continued to recover through 2021, with the Corporation's financial results benefiting from stronger prices and margins, notably prices for crude oil and natural gas as well as Chemical product margins. The rate and pace of recovery, however, has varied across geographies and business lines, with Downstream margins only reaching the lower end of the 10-year range late in 2021 and jet demand continuing to lag. The Corporation continues to closely monitor industry and economic conditions amid this uneven global recovery from the COVID-19 pandemic which has brought unprecedented uncertainties to near-term economic outlooks.

The general rate of inflation across major countries of operation experienced a brief decline in the initial stage of the COVID-19 pandemic. However inflation rates increased in 2021 across major economies, with some regions experiencing multi-decade highs, largely reflecting overall imbalances between supply and demand recoveries from the pandemic. The underlying factors include, but are not limited to, global supply chain disruptions, shipping bottlenecks, labor market constraints, and side effects from monetary and fiscal expansions. The global economic recovery remains uneven, with uncertainties remaining. Prices for services and materials continue to evolve in response to fast-changing commodity markets, industry activities, as well as government policies, impacting operating and capital costs. The Corporation closely monitors market trends and works to mitigate cost impacts in all price environments through its economies of scale in global procurement, efficient project management practices, and general productivity improvements.

Organizational changes implemented over the past several years enabled the Corporation to realize nearly $5 billion of structural cost savings1 versus 2019, leveraging increased operational efficiencies and reduced overhead costs. Included in these savings is the completion of the workforce reduction programs, announced in late 2020 and early 2021, which are estimated to generate savings of approximately $2 billion per year compared to 2019 from lower employee and contractor costs. The company continues to take actions to streamline its business structure to improve effectiveness and reduce costs. The changes more fully leverage global functional capabilities, improve line of sight to markets, and enhance resource allocation to the highest corporate priorities.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of structural cost savings.

45

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

BUSINESS RESULTS

Upstream

ExxonMobil continues to sustain a diverse growth portfolio of exploration and development opportunities, which enables the Corporation to be selective, maximizing shareholder value and mitigating political and technical risks. ExxonMobil’s fundamental strategies guide our global Upstream business, including capturing material and accretive opportunities to continually high-grade the resource portfolio, selectively developing attractive oil and natural gas resources, developing and applying high-impact technologies, and pursuing productivity and efficiency gains as well as a reduction in greenhouse gas emissions. These strategies are underpinned by a relentless focus on operational excellence, development of our employees, and investment in the communities within which we operate.

As future development projects and drilling activities bring new production online, the Corporation expects a shift in the geographic mix and in the type of opportunities from which volumes are produced. Based on current investment plans, the proportion of oil-equivalent production from the Americas is generally expected to increase over the next several years. About half of the Corporation's global production comes from unconventional, deepwater and LNG resources. This proportion is generally expected to grow over the next few years.

The Upstream capital program continues to prioritize low cost-of-supply opportunities. In addition to continued development of Guyana, Brazil, and the Permian Basin, ExxonMobil has a strong pipeline of development projects. Most notable are our LNG developments in Mozambique, Papua New Guinea, and the Golden Pass LNG facility.

The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups; operational outages; reservoir performance; performance of enhanced oil recovery projects; regulatory changes; the impact of fiscal and commercial terms; asset sales; weather events; price effects on production sharing contracts; changes in the amount and timing of capital investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment; international trade patterns and relations; and other factors described in Item 1A. Risk Factors.

ExxonMobil believes prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand, with the demand side largely being a function of general economic activities, alternative energy sources, levels of prosperity, technology advances, consumer preference and government policies. On the supply side, prices may be significantly impacted by political events, the actions of OPEC and other large government resource owners, and other factors. To manage the risks associated with price, ExxonMobil tests the resiliency of its annual plans and major investments across a range of price scenarios.

Key Recent Events

Significant progress was made on key new developments in Guyana, Brazil, the Permian Basin, and Mozambique during 2021.

Guyana: Exploration success continued with additional discoveries increasing the estimated recoverable resource on the Stabroek block. The Liza Unity floating production, storage and offloading vessel arrived in Guyanese waters in late 2021 and started production in February 2022. In Payara, the third project, development drilling activities started in late 2021 and it remains on schedule for 2024 start-up. Yellowtail is the fourth and largest world-class development project and is expected to achieve first oil in 2025, following issuance of the production license.

Permian: Production volumes averaged about 460 thousand oil-equivalent barrels per day (koebd) in 2021, nearly 100 koebd year-on-year production increase which exceeded expectations. The Corporation was successful in increasing drilling performance and continuing to improve capital efficiency. In December, ExxonMobil announced plans to achieve net-zero greenhouse gas emissions (Scope 1 and 2) by 2030 from our unconventional operations in the Permian Basin.

Brazil: ExxonMobil announced its Final Investment Decision for the Bacalhau Phase 1 development in June 2021 with start-up planned for 2024.

Mozambique: The Area 4 Coral South Floating LNG (FLNG) development continues as planned, targeting start-up in 2022, making Mozambique an LNG exporter. The Coral Sul FLNG vessel began tow to field in November 2021.

46

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Upstream Financial Results

202120202019
(millions of dollars)
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States3,663(19,385)536
Non-U.S.12,112(645)13,906
Total15,775(20,030)14,442
Identified Items (1)
United States(263)(17,092)
Non-U.S.(280)(2,602)4,434
Total(543)(19,694)4,434
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1)
United States3,926(2,293)536
Non-U.S.12,3921,9579,472
Total16,318(336)10,008

2021 Upstream Earnings Factor Analysis

(millions of dollars)

Price – Higher realizations increased earnings by $14,960 million.

Volume – Unfavorable volume and mix effects decreased earnings by $340 million.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $2,040 million, primarily driven by lower expenses of $1,360 million and one-time favorable tax items.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(19,694) million loss primarily impairments of dry gas assets; 2021 $(543) million loss as a result of impairments of $(752) million and contractual provisions of $(250) million, partly offset by a $459 million gain from the U.K. Central and Northern North Sea divestment.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

47

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2020 Upstream Earnings Factor Analysis

(millions of dollars)

Price – Lower realizations reduced earnings by $11,210 million.

Volume – Unfavorable volume and mix effects decreased earnings by $300 million.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $1,170 million, primarily driven by lower expenses of $960 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2019 $4,434 million gain primarily the $3,700 million gain from the Norway non-operated divestment; 2020 $(19,694) million loss primarily impairments of dry gas assets.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Upstream Operational Results

202120202019
Production of crude oil, natural gas liquids, bitumen and synthetic oil
Net production(thousands of barrels daily)
United States721685646
Canada/Other Americas560536467
Europe2230108
Africa248312372
Asia695742748
Australia/Oceania434445
Worldwide2,2892,3492,386
Natural gas production available for sale
Net production(millions of cubic feet daily)
United States2,7462,6912,778
Canada/Other Americas195277258
Europe8087891,457
Africa4397
Asia3,4653,4863,575
Australia/Oceania1,2801,2191,319
Worldwide8,5378,4719,394
(thousands of oil-equivalent barrels daily)
Oil-equivalent production (2)3,7123,7613,952
(2) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.

48

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2021

Liquids production – 2.3 million barrels per day decreased 60 thousand barrels per day reflecting higher demand and growth, more than offset by entitlements, decline, and divestments.

Natural gas production available for sale – 8.5 billion cubic feet per day increased 66 million cubic feet per day from 2020, reflecting higher demand, partly offset by divestments and Groningen production limit.

2020

Liquids production – 2.3 million barrels per day decreased 37 thousand barrels per day reflecting the impacts of government mandates, divestments, and lower demand, partly offset by growth and lower downtime.

Natural gas production available for sale – 8.5 billion cubic feet per day decreased 923 million cubic feet per day from 2019, reflecting divestments, lower demand, and higher downtime, partly offset by growth.

Upstream Additional Information
20212020
(thousands of barrels daily)
Volumes Reconciliation (Oil-equivalent production) (1)
Prior Year3,7613,952
Entitlements - Net Interest(1)(9)
Entitlements - Price / Spend / Other(97)67
Government Mandates8(110)
Divestments(24)(151)
Demand / Growth / Other6512
Current Year3,7123,761
(1) Natural gas is converted to an oil-equivalent basis at six million cubic feet per one thousand barrels.

Listed below are descriptions of ExxonMobil’s volumes reconciliation factors which are provided to facilitate understanding of the terms.

Entitlements - Net Interest are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes caused by non-operational changes to volume-determining factors. These factors consist of net interest changes specified in Production Sharing Contracts (PSCs) which typically occur when cumulative investment returns or production volumes achieve defined thresholds, changes in equity upon achieving pay-out in partner investment carry situations, equity redeterminations as specified in venture agreements, or as a result of the termination or expiry of a concession. Once a net interest change has occurred, it typically will not be reversed by subsequent events, such as lower crude oil prices.

Entitlements - Price, Spend and Other are changes to ExxonMobil’s share of production volumes resulting from temporary changes to non-operational volume-determining factors. These factors include changes in oil and gas prices or spending levels from one period to another. According to the terms of contractual arrangements or government royalty regimes, price or spending variability can increase or decrease royalty burdens and/or volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. For example, at higher prices, fewer barrels are required for ExxonMobil to recover its costs. These effects generally vary from period to period with field spending patterns or market prices for oil and natural gas. Such factors can also include other temporary changes in net interest as dictated by specific provisions in production agreements.

Government Mandates are changes to ExxonMobil's sustainable production levels due to temporary non-operational production limits imposed by governments, generally upon a sector, type or method of production.

Divestments are reductions in ExxonMobil’s production arising from commercial arrangements to fully or partially reduce equity in a field or asset in exchange for financial or other economic consideration.

Demand, Growth and Other factors comprise all other operational and non-operational factors not covered by the above definitions that may affect volumes attributable to ExxonMobil. Such factors include, but are not limited to, production enhancements from project and work program activities, acquisitions including additions from asset exchanges, downtime, market demand, natural field decline, and any fiscal or commercial terms that do not affect entitlements.

49

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Downstream

ExxonMobil’s Downstream continues to be one of the largest, most integrated businesses among international oil companies (IOC), with significant positions across the full value chain including logistics, trading, refining, and marketing. The Corporation has a well-established presence in the Americas, Europe, and Asia Pacific.

Downstream strategies competitively position the business across a range of market conditions. These strategies focus on providing high-value and lower-emission products that customers need to power global mobility; leveraging strong operations performance; capitalizing on integration across all ExxonMobil businesses; maximizing value from advantaged technology and a robust pipeline of lower-emission opportunities; and improving portfolio competitiveness and resilience with advantaged investments and divestments.

With its large manufacturing footprint, ExxonMobil’s Downstream earnings are closely tied to industry refining margins. Refining margins improved steadily throughout 2021, recovering from historic lows in 2020 driven by COVID-19 pandemic demand impacts. By the end of 2021, refining margins had recovered to the bottom of the 10-year historical band from 2010 to 2019. Demand for gasoline and diesel had essentially recovered to normal levels by the end of 2021, while jet fuel demand remained below historical levels reflecting continued COVID-19 restrictions. Refining margins are anticipated to further improve in the near term as the recovery in international travel increases demand for jet fuel, and strong chemical demand persists for products essential to modern life. With improving market conditions, we restarted projects in Beaumont, Texas and Singapore to further strengthen the portfolio by increasing production of high-value fuels and lubricants.

Refining margins are largely driven by differences in commodity prices and are a function of the difference between what a refinery pays for its raw materials and the market prices for the range of products produced. Crude oil and many products are widely traded with published prices, including those quoted on multiple exchanges around the world (e.g. New York Mercantile Exchange and Intercontinental Exchange). Prices for these commodities are determined by the global marketplace and are influenced by many factors, including global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, industry refinery operations, import/export balances, currency fluctuations, seasonal demand, weather, and political climate. ExxonMobil’s outlook is that industry refining margins will remain volatile subject to shifting consumer demand as well as capacity changes from refinery additions and closures. ExxonMobil’s significant integration both within the Downstream value chains including lubricants, logistics, trading, refining, and marketing, as well as with Upstream and Chemical, improves our ability to generate shareholder value in a variety of market conditions.

ExxonMobil continues to grow fuels product sales in new markets near major production assets with continued progress in the Mexico and Indonesia markets. Similarly, the lubricants business continues to grow, especially in Asia Pacific and the industrial sector, leveraging world class brands and integration with basestocks refining capability. Through the Mobil brands, such as Mobil 1, ExxonMobil is the worldwide leader in synthetic motor oils.

The Downstream business is characterized by periods of margin volatility resulting from short-term and long-term supply and demand fluctuations. Proposed carbon policy and other climate-related regulations in many countries have the potential to increase industry volatility, both favorably and unfavorably. ExxonMobil continually evaluates the Downstream portfolio during all phases of the business cycle, which has resulted in numerous asset divestments and terminal conversions over the past decade to strengthen overall profitability and resiliency. When investing in the Downstream, ExxonMobil remains focused on projects resilient across a broad range of market conditions to support capturing value when opportunities emerge.

Key Recent Events

Lower-emission fuels: ExxonMobil announced plans for more than 40 thousand barrels per day of lower-emission fuels by 2025, including a new renewable diesel unit at the Strathcona refinery, and purchase agreements with Global Clean Energy in the U.S. and Biojet AS in Norway.

Terminal conversions: ExxonMobil converted the Slagen, Norway and Altona, Australia refineries into product import terminals capable of serving existing markets. Additionally, Refining New Zealand announced conversion of its refinery (in which ExxonMobil owns a 17% minority share) to a product import terminal in 2022.

50

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Downstream Financial Results

202120202019
(millions of dollars)
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States1,314(852)1,717
Non-U.S.791(225)606
Total2,105(1,077)2,323
Identified Items (1)
United States4(4)
Non-U.S.(855)(9)
Total4(859)(9)
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1)
United States1,310(848)1,717
Non-U.S.791630615
Total2,101(218)2,332

2021 Downstream Earnings Factor Analysis

(millions of dollars)

Margins – Increased earnings by $1,920 million as industry refining conditions improved.

Volume – Increased earnings by $100 million reflecting demand recovery and favorable mix.

Other – Increased earnings by $300 million due to lower expenses of $560 million, partly offset by unfavorable foreign exchange and LIFO impacts.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(859) million loss primarily as a result of impairments and unfavorable tax items.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

51

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2020 Downstream Earnings Factor Analysis

(millions of dollars)

Margins – Decreased earnings by $3,820 million including the impact of weaker industry refining conditions.

Volume – Increased earnings by $370 million as manufacturing/yield improvement impacts were partly offset by weaker demand.

Other – Increased earnings by $900 million due to lower expenses of $1,290 million, partly offset by unfavorable LIFO inventory impacts of $410 million.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(859) million loss primarily as a result of impairments and unfavorable tax items.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Downstream Operational Results

202120202019
Refinery throughput(thousands of barrels daily)
United States1,6231,5491,532
Canada379340353
Europe1,2101,1731,317
Asia Pacific571553598
Other162158181
Worldwide3,9453,7733,981
Petroleum product sales (2)
United States2,2572,1542,292
Canada448418476
Europe1,3401,2531,479
Asia Pacific653651738
Other464419467
Worldwide5,1624,8955,452
Gasoline, naphthas2,1581,9942,220
Heating oils, kerosene, diesel oils1,7491,7511,867
Aviation fuels220213406
Heavy fuels269249270
Specialty petroleum products766688689
Worldwide5,1624,8955,452
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.

52

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Chemical

ExxonMobil is a leading global manufacturer and marketer of petrochemicals that support modern living. ExxonMobil helps meet society’s evolving needs by providing a wide range of innovative, valuable product solutions in an efficient and responsible manner. This is enabled by ExxonMobil’s proprietary technology combined with industry-leading scale and integration. These competitive advantages are underpinned by operational excellence, advantaged investments, and cost discipline.

In 2021, while many markets continued to be negatively impacted by COVID-19, demand for chemical products remained resilient in several key segments including food packaging, hygiene and medical. Overall chemical industry margins improved compared to 2020 due to continued strong packaging demand and industry supply disruptions. We were uniquely positioned to capture value from the market in 2021 due to our integration, enabling nimble feed and product optimization, and our advantaged global supply and logistics. These, along with our outstanding reliability performance and continued structural cost savings, delivered record annual earnings.

Worldwide demand for chemicals is expected to grow faster than the economy as a whole, driven by global population growth, an expanding middle class, and improving living standards. ExxonMobil’s integration with refining, together with our high-value performance products and unique project execution capability, enhances our ability to generate returns on investments across a range of market environments. In 2021, ExxonMobil completed construction of our joint venture ethane cracker and associated derivative units near Corpus Christi, Texas. The project started up in late 2021 below budget and ahead of schedule. With improving market conditions, we also restarted other U.S. Gulf Coast growth projects, including projects in Baytown, Texas and Baton Rouge, Louisiana that will support the growing demand for high-value chemicals products.

Key Recent Events

China investment: ExxonMobil reached final investment decision to proceed with a multi-billion dollar chemical complex in the Dayawan Petrochemical Industrial Park in Huizhou, Guangdong Province in China. The facility will help meet expected demand growth for performance chemical products in China.

Advanced recycling: The Corporation is progressing construction of one of North America’s largest plastic waste advanced recycling facilities in Baytown, Texas, which is expected to start operations in 2022. In addition, plans are underway for up to 500,000 metric tons annually of advanced recycling capacity to be added across multiple sites by 2026. These investments enabled commercial volumes of certified circular polymers to be made available to the market in 2021.

Materia acquisition: ExxonMobil acquired Materia, Inc., a technology company that has pioneered the development of a Nobel prize-winning technology for manufacturing a new class of materials. The innovative materials can be used in a number of applications, including wind turbine blades, electric vehicle parts, sustainable construction, and anticorrosive coatings.

Santoprene divestment: ExxonMobil Chemical Company sold its global Santoprene business to Celanese. The sale included two manufacturing sites, one in the United States and one in the United Kingdom.

Chemical Financial Results

202120202019
(millions of dollars)
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)
United States4,5021,277206
Non-U.S.3,294686386
Total7,7961,963592
Identified Items (1)
United States494(90)
Non-U.S.136(24)2
Total630(114)2
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1)
United States4,0081,367206
Non-U.S.3,158710384
Total7,1662,077590

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

53

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

2021 Chemical Earnings Factor Analysis

(millions of dollars)

Margins – Stronger margins increased earnings by $4,480 million driven by resilient demand and industry supply constraints.

Volume – Higher volumes increased earnings by $250 million on record production supported by exceptional reliability.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $360 million primarily as a result of favorable foreign exchange, lower expenses, and favorable LIFO impacts.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(114) million loss primarily as a result of impairments; 2021 $630 million gain as a result of the Santoprene divestment.

2020 Chemical Earnings Factor Analysis

(millions of dollars)

Margins – Stronger margins increased earnings by $930 million.

Volume – Lower volumes decreased earnings by $150 million.

Other – All other items increased earnings by $710 million primarily as a result of lower expenses.

Identified Items (1) – 2020 $(114) million loss primarily as a result of impairments.

(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

Chemical Operational Results

202120202019
Chemical prime product sales (2)(thousands of metric tons)
United States9,7249,0109,127
Non-U.S.16,60816,43917,389
Worldwide26,33225,44926,516
(2) Data reported net of purchases/sales contracts with the same counterparty.

54

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Corporate and Financing

Corporate and Financing is comprised of corporate activities that support the Corporation’s operating segments and ExxonMobil’s Low Carbon Solutions business. Corporate activities include general administrative support functions, financing and insurance activities. Low Carbon Solutions activities are included in Corporate and Financing as the business continues to mature through commercialization and deployment of technology.

Corporate and Financing Financial Results

202120202019
(millions of dollars)
Earnings (loss) (U.S. GAAP)(2,636)(3,296)(3,017)
Identified Items (1)(64)(361)308
Earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items (1)(2,572)(2,935)(3,325)
(1) Refer to Frequently Used Terms for definition of Identified Items and earnings (loss) excluding Identified Items.

2021

Corporate and Financing expenses were $2,636 million in 2021 compared to $3,296 million in 2020, with the decrease mainly due to the absence of prior year severance costs and lower financing costs.

2020

Corporate and Financing expenses were $3,296 million in 2020 compared to $3,017 million in 2019, with the increase mainly due to higher financing costs and employee severance costs, partly offset by lower corporate costs.

55

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
Sources and Uses of Cash
202120202019
(millions of dollars)
Net cash provided by/(used in)
Operating activities48,12914,66829,716
Investing activities(10,235)(18,459)(23,084)
Financing activities(35,423)5,285(6,618)
Effect of exchange rate changes(33)(219)33
Increase/(decrease) in cash and cash equivalents2,4381,27547
(December 31)
Total cash and cash equivalents6,8024,3643,089

Total cash and cash equivalents were $6.8 billion at the end of 2021, up $2.4 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2021 were net income including noncontrolling interests of $23.6 billion, the adjustment for the noncash provision of $20.6 billion for depreciation and depletion, contributions from operational working capital of $4.2 billion, proceeds from asset sales of $3.2 billion, and other investing activities of $1.5 billion. The major uses of funds included a debt reduction of $19.7 billion, spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $12.1 billion, dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion, and additional investments and advances of $2.8 billion.

Total cash and cash equivalents were $4.4 billion at the end of 2020, up $1.3 billion from the prior year. The major sources of funds in 2020 were the adjustment for the noncash provision of $46.0 billion, a net debt increase of $20.1 billion, proceeds from asset sales of $1.0 billion, and other investing activities of $2.7 billion. The major uses of funds included a net loss including noncontrolling interests of $23.3 billion, spending for additions to property, plant and equipment of $17.3 billion, dividends to shareholders of $14.9 billion, and additional investments and advances of $4.9 billion.

The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. In addition to cash balances, commercial paper continues to provide short-term liquidity, and is reflected in “Notes and loans payable” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet with changes in outstanding commercial paper between periods included in the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Corporation took steps to strengthen its balance sheet in 2021, reducing debt by nearly $20 billion and ending the year with $47.7 billion in total debt. On December 31, 2021, the Corporation had undrawn short-term committed lines of credit of $10.7 billion and undrawn long-term lines of credit of $0.6 billion.

To support cash flows in future periods, the Corporation will need to continually find or acquire and develop new fields, and continue to develop and apply new technologies and recovery processes to existing fields, in order to maintain or increase production. After a period of production at plateau rates, it is the nature of oil and gas fields to eventually produce at declining rates for the remainder of their economic life. Decline rates can vary widely by individual field due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the type of reservoir, fluid properties, recovery mechanisms, work activity, and age of the field. In particular, the Corporation’s key tight-oil plays have higher initial decline rates which tend to moderate over time. Furthermore, the Corporation’s net interest in production for individual fields can vary with price and the impact of fiscal and commercial terms.

The Corporation has long been successful at mitigating the effects of natural field decline through disciplined investments in quality opportunities and project execution. The Corporation anticipates several projects will come online over the next few years providing additional production capacity. However, actual volumes will vary from year to year due to the timing of individual project start-ups; operational outages; reservoir performance; performance of enhanced oil recovery projects; regulatory changes; the impact of fiscal and commercial terms; asset sales; weather events; price effects on production sharing contracts; and changes in the amount and timing of investments that may vary depending on the oil and gas price environment. The Corporation’s cash flows are also highly dependent on crude oil and natural gas prices. Please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors for a more complete discussion of risks.

The Corporation’s financial strength enables it to make large, long-term capital expenditures. Capital and exploration expenditures in 2021 were $16.6 billion, reflecting the Corporation’s continued active investment program. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $21 billion to $24 billion in 2022.

56

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions. The Corporation has a large and diverse portfolio of development projects and exploration opportunities, which helps mitigate the overall political and technical risks of the Corporation’s Upstream segment and associated cash flow. Further, due to its financial strength and diverse portfolio of opportunities, the risk associated with failure or delay of any single project would not have a significant impact on the Corporation’s liquidity or ability to generate sufficient cash flows for operations and its fixed commitments.

The Corporation, as part of its ongoing asset management program, continues to evaluate its mix of assets for potential upgrade. Because of the ongoing nature of this program, dispositions will continue to be made from time to time which will result in either gains or losses. In light of commodity price volatility, and depending on the pace of demand recovery, the Corporation's planned divestment program could be adversely affected by fewer financially suitable buyers. This could result in a slowing of the pace of divestments, certain assets being sold at a price below current book value, or impairment charges if the likelihood of divesting certain assets increases. Additionally, the Corporation continues to evaluate opportunities to enhance its business portfolio through acquisitions of assets or companies, and enters into such transactions from time to time. Key criteria for evaluating acquisitions include potential for future growth and attractive current valuations. Acquisitions may be made with cash, shares of the Corporation’s common stock, or both.

ExxonMobil closely monitors the potential impact of Interbank Offered Rate (IBOR) reform, including LIBOR, under a number of scenarios and has taken steps to mitigate the potential impact. Accordingly, ExxonMobil does not believe this event represents a material risk to the Corporation’s consolidated results of operations or financial condition.

Cash Flow from Operating Activities

2021

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $48.1 billion in 2021, $33.5 billion higher than 2020. The major source of funds was net income including noncontrolling interests of $23.6 billion, an increase of $46.8 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $20.6 billion, down $25.4 billion from the prior year. The adjustment for the net gain on asset sales was $1.2 billion, an increase of $1.2 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was a reduction of $0.7 billion, compared to an increase of $1.0 billion in 2020. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, increased cash in 2021 by $4.2 billion.

2020

Cash provided by operating activities totaled $14.7 billion in 2020, $15.0 billion lower than 2019. Net income (loss) including noncontrolling interests was a loss of $23.3 billion, a decrease of $38.0 billion. The noncash provision for depreciation and depletion was $46.0 billion, up $27.0 billion from the prior year, mainly due to asset impairments. The noncash provision for deferred income tax benefits was $8.9 billion and also included impacts from asset impairments. The adjustment for the net loss on asset sales was $4 million, a decrease of $1.7 billion. The adjustment for dividends received less than equity in current earnings of equity companies was an increase of $1.0 billion, compared to a reduction of $0.9 billion in 2019. Changes in operational working capital, excluding cash and debt, decreased cash in 2020 by $1.7 billion.

Cash Flow from Investing Activities

2021

Cash used in investing activities netted to $10.2 billion in 2021, $8.2 billion lower than 2020. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $12.1 billion decreased $5.2 billion from 2020. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $3.2 billion compared to $1.0 billion in 2020. Additional investments and advances were $2.0 billion lower in 2021, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances decreased by $1.2 billion.

2020

Cash used in investing activities netted to $18.5 billion in 2020, $4.6 billion lower than 2019. Spending for property, plant and equipment of $17.3 billion decreased $7.1 billion from 2019. Proceeds from asset sales and returns of investments of $1.0 billion compared to $3.7 billion in 2019. Additional investments and advances were $1.0 billion higher in 2020, while proceeds from other investing activities including collection of advances increased by $1.2 billion.

57

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Cash Flow from Financing Activities

2021

Cash used in financing activities was $35.4 billion in 2021, $40.7 billion higher than 2020. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.49 per share from $3.48 per share and totaled $14.9 billion. During 2021, the Corporation utilized cash to reduce debt by $19.7 billion.

ExxonMobil share of equity increased $11.4 billion to $168.6 billion. The addition to equity for earnings was $23.0 billion. This was offset by reductions for distributions to ExxonMobil shareholders of $14.9 billion, all in the form of dividends. Foreign exchange translation effects of $0.9 billion for the stronger U.S. dollar reduced equity and a $3.8 billion change in the funded status of the postretirement benefits reserves increased equity.

During 2021, Exxon Mobil Corporation suspended its share repurchase program used to offset shares or units settled in shares issued in conjunction with the company’s benefit plans and programs. In 2022, the Corporation initiated a share repurchase program of up to $10 billion over 12 to 24 months.

2020

Cash flow from financing activities was $5.3 billion in 2020, $11.9 billion higher than 2019. Dividend payments on common shares increased to $3.48 per share from $3.43 per share and totaled $14.9 billion. During 2020, the Corporation issued $23.2 billion of long-term debt. Total debt increased $20.7 billion to $67.6 billion at year-end.

ExxonMobil share of equity decreased $34.5 billion to $157.2 billion. The reduction to equity for losses was $22.4 billion and the reduction for distributions to ExxonMobil shareholders of $14.9 billion, all in the form of dividends. Foreign exchange translation effects of $1.8 billion for the weaker U.S. dollar and a $1.0 billion change in the funded status of the postretirement benefits reserves increased equity.

During 2020, Exxon Mobil Corporation acquired 8 million shares of its common stock for the treasury. Purchases were made to offset shares or units settled in shares issued in conjunction with the company’s benefit plans and programs. Shares outstanding decreased from 4,234 million to 4,233 million at the end of 2020.

Contractual Obligations

The Corporation has contractual obligations involving commitments to third parties that impact its liquidity and capital resource needs. These contractual obligations are primarily for leases, debt, asset retirement obligations, pension and other postretirement benefits, take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations, and firm capital commitments. See Notes 9, 11, 14 and 17 for information related to asset retirement obligations, leases, long-term debt and pensions, respectively.

In addition, the Corporation also enters into commodity purchase obligations (volumetric commitments but no fixed or minimum price) which are resold shortly after purchase, either in an active, highly liquid market or under long-term, unconditional sales contracts with similar pricing terms. Examples include long-term, noncancelable LNG and natural gas purchase commitments and commitments to purchase refinery products at market prices. These commitments are not meaningful in assessing liquidity and cash flow, because the purchases will be offset in the same periods by cash received from the related sales transactions.

Take-or-pay obligations are noncancelable, long-term commitments for goods and services. Unconditional purchase obligations are those long-term commitments that are noncancelable or cancelable only under certain conditions, and that third parties have used to secure financing for the facilities that will provide the contracted goods or services. These obligations mainly pertain to pipeline, manufacturing supply and terminal agreements. The total obligation at year-end 2021 for take-or-pay and unconditional purchase obligations was $30,031 million. Cash payments expected in 2022 and 2023 are $4,004 million and $3,560 million, respectively.

58

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Guarantees

The Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries were contingently liable at December 31, 2021 for guarantees relating to notes, loans and performance under contracts (Note 16). Where guarantees for environmental remediation and other similar matters do not include a stated cap, the amounts reflect management’s estimate of the maximum potential exposure. These guarantees are not reasonably likely to have a material effect on the Corporation’s financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations, liquidity, capital expenditures or capital resources.

Financial Strength

On December 31, 2021, the Corporation had total unused short-term committed lines of credit of $10.7 billion (Note 6) and total unused long-term committed lines of credit of $0.6 billion (Note 14). The table below shows the Corporation’s consolidated debt to capital ratios.

202120202019
Debt to capital (percent)21.429.219.1
Net debt to capital (percent)18.927.818.1

Management views the Corporation’s financial strength to be a competitive advantage of strategic importance. The Corporation’s financial position gives it the opportunity to access the world’s capital markets across a range of market conditions, and enables the Corporation to take on large, long-term capital commitments in the pursuit of maximizing shareholder value.

Industry conditions in 2020 led to lower realized prices for the Corporation’s products which resulted in substantially lower earnings and operating cash flow in comparison to 2019. The Corporation took steps to strengthen its liquidity in 2020, including issuing $23.2 billion of long-term debt and implementing significant capital and operating cost reductions. The Corporation ended 2020 with $67.6 billion in total debt.

Stronger prices and margins improved the Corporation's financial results in 2021. The Corporation reduced debt by $19.9 billion and ended the year with $47.7 billion in total debt.

Litigation and Other Contingencies

As discussed in Note 16, a variety of claims have been made against ExxonMobil and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. Based on a consideration of all relevant facts and circumstances, the Corporation does not believe the ultimate outcome of any currently pending lawsuit against ExxonMobil will have a material adverse effect upon the Corporation’s operations, financial condition, or financial statements taken as a whole. There are no events or uncertainties beyond those already included in reported financial information that would indicate a material change in future operating results or financial condition. Refer to Note 16 for additional information on legal proceedings and other contingencies.

CAPITAL AND EXPLORATION EXPENDITURES

Capital and exploration expenditures (Capex) represents the combined total of additions at cost to property, plant and equipment, and exploration expenses on a before-tax basis from the Consolidated Statement of Income. ExxonMobil’s Capex includes its share of similar costs for equity companies. Capex excludes assets acquired in nonmonetary exchanges, the value of ExxonMobil shares used to acquire assets, and depreciation on the cost of exploration support equipment and facilities recorded to property, plant and equipment when acquired. While ExxonMobil’s management is responsible for all investments and elements of net income, particular focus is placed on managing the controllable aspects of this group of expenditures.

20212020
U.S.Non-U.S.TotalU.S.Non-U.S.Total
(millions of dollars)
Upstream (1)4,0188,23612,2546,8177,61414,431
Downstream1,0001,0952,0952,3441,8774,221
Chemical1,3678762,2432,0027142,716
Other3366
Total6,38810,20716,59511,16910,20521,374

(1) Exploration expenses included.

59

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Capex in 2021 was $16.6 billion, as the Corporation continued to pursue opportunities to find and produce new supplies of oil and natural gas to meet global demand for energy. The Corporation plans to invest in the range of $21 billion to $24 billion in 2022. Included in the 2022 capital spend range is $8.3 billion of firm capital commitments. An additional $10.7 billion of firm capital commitments have been made for years 2023 and beyond. Actual spending could vary depending on the progress of individual projects and property acquisitions.

Upstream spending of $12.3 billion in 2021 was down 15 percent from 2020, primarily in the U.S. Permian Basin. Investments in 2021 included the U.S. Permian Basin and key development projects in Guyana and Brazil. Development projects typically take several years from the time of recording proved undeveloped reserves to the start of production and can exceed five years for large and complex projects. The percentage of proved developed reserves was 66 percent of total proved reserves at year-end 2021, and has been over 60 percent for the last ten years.

Capital investments in the Downstream totaled $2.1 billion in 2021, a decrease of $2.1 billion from 2020, reflecting lower global project spending. Chemical capital expenditures of $2.2 billion, decreased $0.5 billion, representing reduced spend on growth projects.

TAXES

202120202019
(millions of dollars)
Income taxes7,636(5,632)5,282
Effective income tax rate31%17%34%
Total other taxes and duties32,95528,42533,186
Total40,59122,79338,468

2021

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $40.6 billion in 2021, an increase of $17.8 billion from 2020. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was $7.6 billion compared to a $5.6 billion benefit in 2020. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 31 percent compared to 17 percent in the prior year due primarily to a change in mix of results in jurisdictions with varying tax rates. Total other taxes and duties of $33.0 billion in 2021 increased $4.5 billion.

2020

Total taxes on the Corporation’s income statement were $22.8 billion in 2020, a decrease of $15.7 billion from 2019. Income tax expense, both current and deferred, was a benefit of $5.6 billion compared to $5.3 billion expense in 2019. The relative benefit was driven by asset impairments recorded in 2020. The effective tax rate, which is calculated based on consolidated company income taxes and ExxonMobil’s share of equity company income taxes, was 17 percent compared to 34 percent in the prior year due primarily to a change in mix of results in jurisdictions with varying tax rates. Total other taxes and duties of $28.4 billion in 2020 decreased $4.8 billion.

60

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ENVIRONMENTAL MATTERS

Environmental Expenditures

20212020
(millions of dollars)
Capital expenditures1,2021,087
Other expenditures3,3613,389
Total4,5634,476

Throughout ExxonMobil’s businesses, new and ongoing measures are taken to prevent and minimize the impact of our operations on air, water and ground. These include a significant investment in refining infrastructure and technology to manufacture clean fuels, as well as projects to monitor and reduce nitrogen oxide, sulfur oxide and greenhouse gas emissions, and expenditures for asset retirement obligations. Using definitions and guidelines established by the American Petroleum Institute, ExxonMobil’s 2021 worldwide environmental expenditures for all such preventative and remediation steps, including ExxonMobil’s share of equity company expenditures, were $4.6 billion, of which $3.4 billion were included in expenses with the remainder in capital expenditures. The total cost for such activities is expected to increase to approximately $5.3 billion in 2022, with capital expenditures expected to account for approximately 30 percent of the total. Costs for 2023 are anticipated to be higher as the Low Carbon Solutions business matures and the Corporation progresses its emission-reduction plans.

Environmental Liabilities

The Corporation accrues environmental liabilities when it is probable that obligations have been incurred and the amounts can be reasonably estimated. This policy applies to assets or businesses currently owned or previously disposed. ExxonMobil has accrued liabilities for probable environmental remediation obligations at various sites, including multiparty sites where the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency has identified ExxonMobil as one of the potentially responsible parties. The involvement of other financially responsible companies at these multiparty sites could mitigate ExxonMobil’s actual joint and several liability exposure. At present, no individual site is expected to have losses material to ExxonMobil’s operations or financial condition. Consolidated company provisions made in 2021 for environmental liabilities were $146 million ($263 million in 2020) and the balance sheet reflects liabilities of $807 million as of December 31, 2021, and $902 million as of December 31, 2020.

MARKET RISKS

Worldwide Average Realizations (1)202120202019
Crude oil and NGL ($ per barrel)61.8935.4156.32
Natural gas ($ per thousand cubic feet)4.332.013.05

(1) Consolidated subsidiaries.

Crude oil, natural gas, petroleum product and chemical prices have fluctuated in response to changing market forces. The impacts of these price fluctuations on earnings from Upstream, Downstream and Chemical operations have varied. For the year 2022, a $1 per barrel change in the weighted-average realized price of oil would have approximately a $500 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. Similarly, a $0.10 per thousand cubic feet change in the worldwide average gas realization would have approximately a $155 million annual after-tax effect on Upstream consolidated plus equity company earnings, excluding the impact of derivatives. For any given period, the extent of actual benefit or detriment will be dependent on the price movements of individual types of crude oil, results of trading activities, taxes and other government take impacts, price adjustment lags in long-term gas contracts, and crude and gas production volumes. Accordingly, changes in benchmark prices for crude oil and natural gas only provide broad indicators of changes in the earnings experienced in any particular period.

In the very competitive downstream and chemical environments, earnings are primarily determined by margin capture rather than absolute price levels of products sold. Refining margins are a function of the difference between what a refiner pays for its raw materials (primarily crude oil) and the market prices for the range of products produced. These prices in turn depend on global and regional supply/demand balances, inventory levels, refinery operations, import/export balances and weather.

The global energy markets can give rise to extended periods in which market conditions are adverse to one or more of the Corporation’s businesses. Such conditions, along with the capital-intensive nature of the industry and very long lead times associated with many of our projects, underscore the importance of maintaining a strong financial position. Management views the Corporation’s financial strength as a competitive advantage.

61

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

In general, segment results are not dependent on the ability to sell and/or purchase products to/from other segments. Instead, where such sales take place, they are the result of efficiencies and competitive advantages of integrated refinery and chemical complexes. Additionally, intersegment sales are at market-based prices. The products bought and sold between segments can also be acquired in worldwide markets that have substantial liquidity, capacity, and transportation capabilities. Refer to Note 18 for additional information on intersegment revenue.

Although price levels of crude oil and natural gas may rise or fall significantly over the short to medium term due to global economic conditions, political events, decisions by OPEC and other major government resource owners and other factors, industry economics over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand. Accordingly, the Corporation evaluates the viability of its major investments over a range of prices.

The Corporation has an active asset management program in which underperforming assets are either improved to acceptable levels or considered for divestment. The asset management program includes a disciplined, regular review to ensure that assets are contributing to the Corporation’s strategic objectives.

Risk Management

The Corporation’s size, strong capital structure, geographic diversity and the complementary nature of the Upstream, Downstream and Chemical businesses reduce the Corporation’s enterprise-wide risk from changes in commodity prices, currency rates and interest rates. In addition, the Corporation uses commodity-based contracts, including derivatives, to manage commodity price risk and to generate returns from trading. The Corporation’s commodity derivatives are not accounted for under hedge accounting. At times, the Corporation also enters into currency and interest rate derivatives, none of which are material to the Corporation’s financial position as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, or results of operations for the years ended 2021, 2020 and 2019. Credit risk associated with the Corporation’s derivative position is mitigated by several factors, including the use of derivative clearing exchanges and the quality of and financial limits placed on derivative counterparties. No material market or credit risks to the Corporation’s financial position, results of operations or liquidity exist as a result of the derivatives described in Note 13. The Corporation maintains a system of controls that includes the authorization, reporting and monitoring of derivative activity.

The Corporation is exposed to changes in interest rates, primarily on its short-term debt and the portion of long-term debt that carries floating interest rates. The impact of a 100-basis-point change in interest rates affecting the Corporation’s debt would not be material to earnings or cash flow. The Corporation has access to significant capacity of long-term and short-term liquidity. Internally generated funds are generally expected to cover financial requirements, supplemented by long-term and short-term debt as required. Commercial paper is used to balance short-term liquidity requirements. Some joint-venture partners are dependent on the credit markets, and their funding ability may impact the development pace of joint-venture projects.

The Corporation conducts business in many foreign currencies and is subject to exchange rate risk on cash flows related to sales, expenses, financing and investment transactions. Fluctuations in exchange rates are often offsetting and the impacts on ExxonMobil’s geographically and functionally diverse operations are varied. The Corporation makes limited use of currency exchange contracts to mitigate the impact of changes in currency values, and exposures related to the Corporation’s use of these contracts are not material.

62

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The Corporation’s accounting and financial reporting fairly reflect its integrated business model involving exploration for, and production of, crude oil and natural gas; manufacture, trade, transport and sale of crude oil, natural gas, petroleum products, petrochemicals and a wide variety of specialty products; and pursuit of lower-emission business opportunities including carbon capture and storage, hydrogen and biofuels. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) requires management to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. The Corporation’s accounting policies are summarized in Note 1.

Oil and Natural Gas Reserves

The estimation of proved oil and natural gas reserve volumes is an ongoing process based on rigorous technical evaluations, commercial and market assessments and detailed analysis of well information such as flow rates and reservoir pressure declines, development and production costs, and other factors. The estimation of proved reserves is controlled by the Corporation through long-standing approval guidelines. Reserve changes are made within a well-established, disciplined process driven by senior level geoscience and engineering professionals, assisted by the Global Reserves and Resources Group which has significant technical experience, culminating in reviews with and approval by senior management. Notably, the Corporation does not use specific quantitative reserve targets to determine compensation. Key features of the reserve estimation process are covered in Disclosure of Reserves in Item 2.

Oil and natural gas reserves include both proved and unproved reserves.

•Proved oil and natural gas reserves are determined in accordance with Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) requirements. Proved reserves are those quantities of oil and natural gas which, by analysis of geoscience and engineering data, can be estimated with reasonable certainty to be economically producible under existing economic and operating conditions and government regulations. Proved reserves are determined using the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices during the reporting year.

Proved reserves can be further subdivided into developed and undeveloped reserves. Proved developed reserves include amounts which are expected to be recovered through existing wells with existing equipment and operating methods. Proved undeveloped reserves include amounts expected to be recovered from new wells on undrilled proved acreage or from existing wells where a relatively major expenditure is required for completion. Proved undeveloped reserves are recognized only if a development plan has been adopted indicating that the reserves are scheduled to be drilled within five years, unless specific circumstances support a longer period of time.

The Corporation is reasonably certain that proved reserves will be produced. However, the timing and amount recovered can be affected by a number of factors including completion of development projects, reservoir performance, regulatory approvals, government policy, consumer preferences and significant changes in oil and natural gas price levels.

•Unproved reserves are quantities of oil and natural gas with less than reasonable certainty of recoverability and include probable reserves. Probable reserves are reserves that, together with proved reserves, are as likely as not to be recovered.

Revisions in previously estimated volumes of proved reserves for existing fields can occur due to the evaluation or re-evaluation of (1) already available geologic, reservoir or production data, (2) new geologic, reservoir or production data or (3) changes in the average of first-of-month oil and natural gas prices and/or costs that are used in the estimation of reserves. Revisions can also result from significant changes in development strategy or production equipment and facility capacity.

Unit-of-Production Depreciation

Oil and natural gas reserve volumes are used as the basis to calculate unit-of-production depreciation rates for most upstream assets. Depreciation is calculated by taking the ratio of asset cost to total proved reserves or proved developed reserves applied to actual production. The volumes produced and asset cost are known, while proved reserves are based on estimates that are subject to some variability.

In the event that the unit-of-production method does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the economic life of an upstream asset, an alternative method is used. The straight-line method is used in limited situations where the expected life of the asset does not reasonably correlate with that of the underlying reserves. For example, certain assets used in the production of oil and natural gas have a shorter life than the reserves, and as such, the Corporation uses straight-line depreciation to ensure the asset is fully depreciated by the end of its useful life.

To the extent that proved reserves for a property are substantially de-booked and that property continues to produce such that the resulting depreciation charge does not result in an equitable allocation of cost over the expected life, assets will be depreciated using a unit-of-production method based on reserves determined at the most recent SEC price which results in a more meaningful quantity of proved reserves, appropriately adjusted for production and technical changes.

63

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Impairment

The Corporation tests assets or groups of assets for recoverability on an ongoing basis whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amounts may not be recoverable. The Corporation has a robust process to monitor for indicators of potential impairment across its asset groups throughout the year. This process is aligned with the requirements of ASC 360 and ASC 932, and relies, in part, on the Corporation’s planning and budgeting cycle.

Because the lifespans of the vast majority of the Corporation’s major assets are measured in decades, the future cash flows of these assets are predominantly based on long-term oil and natural gas commodity prices and industry margins, and development and production costs. Significant reductions in the Corporation’s view of oil or natural gas commodity prices or margin ranges, especially the longer-term prices and margins, and changes in the development plans, including decisions to defer, reduce, or eliminate planned capital spending, can be an indicator of potential impairment. Other events or changes in circumstances, including indicators outlined in ASC 360, can be indicators of potential impairment as well.

In general, the Corporation does not view temporarily low prices or margins as an indication of impairment. Management believes that prices over the long term must be sufficient to generate investments in energy supply to meet global demand. Although prices will occasionally drop significantly, industry prices over the long term will continue to be driven by market supply and demand fundamentals. On the supply side, industry production from mature fields is declining. This is being offset by investments to generate production from new discoveries, field developments and technology, and efficiency advancements. OPEC investment activities and production policies also have an impact on world oil supplies. The demand side is largely a function of general economic activities, alternative energy sources and levels of prosperity. During the lifespan of its major assets, the Corporation expects that oil and gas prices and industry margins will experience significant volatility, and consequently these assets will experience periods of higher earnings and periods of lower earnings, or even losses. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation considers recent periods of operating losses in the context of its longer-term view of prices and margins.

Energy Outlook and Cash Flow Assessment. The annual planning and budgeting process, known as the Corporate Plan, is the mechanism by which resources (capital, operating expenses, and people) are allocated across the Corporation. The foundation for the assumptions supporting the Corporate Plan is the Energy Outlook, which contains the Corporation’s demand and supply projections based on its assessment of current trends in technology, government policies, consumer preferences, geopolitics, and economic development. Reflective of the existing global policy environment, the Energy Outlook does not project the degree of required future policy and technology advancement and deployment for the world, or the Corporation, to meet net-zero by 2050. As future policies and technology advancements emerge, they will be incorporated into the Energy Outlook, and the Corporation’s business plans will be updated accordingly.

If events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an asset may not be recoverable, the Corporation estimates the future undiscounted cash flows of the affected properties to judge the recoverability of carrying amounts. Cash flows used in recoverability assessments are based on the assumptions developed in the Corporate Plan, which is reviewed and approved by the Board of Directors, and are consistent with the criteria management uses to evaluate investment opportunities. These evaluations make use of the Corporation’s assumptions of future capital allocations, crude oil and natural gas commodity prices including price differentials, refining and chemical margins, volumes, development and operating costs including greenhouse gas emission prices, and foreign currency exchange rates. Volumes are based on projected field and facility production profiles, throughput, or sales. Management’s estimate of upstream production volumes used for projected cash flows makes use of proved reserve quantities and may include risk-adjusted unproved reserve quantities. The greenhouse gas emission prices reflect existing or anticipated policy actions that countries or localities may take in support of Paris Accord pledges. While third-party scenarios, such as the International Energy Agency Net Zero Emissions by 2050, may be used to test the resiliency of the Corporation's businesses or strategies, they are not used as a basis for developing future cash flows for impairment assessments.

Fair Value of Impaired Assets. An asset group is impaired if its estimated undiscounted cash flows are less than the asset group’s carrying value. Impairments are measured by the amount by which the carrying value exceeds fair value. The assessment of fair value is based upon the views of a likely market participant. The principal parameters used to establish fair value include estimates of acreage values and flowing production metrics from comparable market transactions, market-based estimates of historical cash flow multiples, and discounted cash flows. Inputs and assumptions used in discounted cash flow models include estimates of future production volumes, throughput and product sales volumes, commodity prices which are consistent with the average of third-party industry experts and government agencies, refining and chemical margins, drilling and development costs, operating costs and discount rates which are reflective of the characteristics of the asset group.

64

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Other Impairment Estimates. Unproved properties are assessed periodically to determine whether they have been impaired. Significant unproved properties are assessed for impairment individually, and valuation allowances against the capitalized costs are recorded based on the Corporation's future development plans, the estimated economic chance of success and the length of time that the Corporation expects to hold the properties. Properties that are not individually significant are aggregated by groups and amortized based on development risk and average holding period.

Long-lived assets that are held for sale are evaluated for possible impairment by comparing the carrying value of the asset with its fair value less the cost to sell. If the net book value exceeds the fair value less cost to sell, the assets are considered impaired and adjusted to the lower value. Judgment is required to determine if assets are held for sale and to determine the fair value less cost to sell.

Investments in equity companies are assessed for possible impairment when events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of an investment may not be recoverable. Examples of key indicators include a history of operating losses, negative earnings and cash flow outlook, significant downward revisions to oil and gas reserves, and the financial condition and prospects for the investee’s business segment or geographic region. If the decline in value of the investment is other than temporary, the carrying value of the investment is written down to fair value. In the absence of market prices for the investment, discounted cash flows are used to assess fair value, which requires significant judgment.

Recent Impairments. In 2021, the Corporation identified situations where events or changes in circumstances indicated that the carrying value of certain long-lived assets may not be recoverable and performed impairment assessments. After-tax impairment charges of $1.0 billion, including impairments of suspended wells, were recognized during the year largely as a result of changes to Upstream development plans.

In 2020, as part of the Corporation's annual review and approval of its business and strategic plan, a decision was made to no longer develop a significant portion of the dry gas portfolio in the U.S., Canada and Argentina. The impairment of these assets resulted in after-tax charges of $18.4 billion in Upstream. Other after-tax impairment charges of $1.1 billion, $0.6 billion and $0.2 billion were recognized in Upstream, Downstream and Chemical, respectively. These charges include impairments of property, plant and equipment, goodwill and equity method investments.

In 2019, after-tax impairment charges were $0.2 billion.

Factors which could put further assets at risk of impairment in the future include reductions in the Corporation’s price or margin outlooks, changes in the allocation of capital or development plans, reduced long-term demand for the Corporation's products, and operating cost increases which exceed the pace of efficiencies or the pace of oil and natural gas price or margin increases. However, due to the inherent difficulty in predicting future commodity prices or margins, and the relationship between industry prices and costs, it is not practicable to reasonably estimate the existence or range of any potential future impairment charges related to the Corporation’s long-lived assets.

For further information regarding impairments in goodwill, equity method investments, property, plant and equipment and suspended wells, refer to Notes 3, 7, 9 and 10, respectively.

Asset Retirement Obligations

The Corporation is subject to retirement obligations for certain assets. The fair values of these obligations are recorded as liabilities on a discounted basis, which is typically at the time the assets are installed. In the estimation of fair value, the Corporation uses assumptions and judgments regarding such factors as the existence of a legal obligation for an asset retirement obligation; technical assessments of the assets; estimated amounts and timing of settlements; discount rates; and inflation rates. Asset retirement obligations are disclosed in Note 9.

Suspended Exploratory Well Costs

The Corporation continues capitalization of exploratory well costs when it has found a sufficient quantity of reserves to justify completion as a producing well and the Corporation is making sufficient progress assessing the reserves and the economic and operating viability of the project. Exploratory well costs not meeting these criteria are charged to expense. Assessing whether the Corporation is making sufficient progress on a project requires careful consideration of the facts and circumstances. The facts and circumstances that support continued capitalization of suspended wells at year-end are disclosed in Note 10.

65

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Pension Benefits

The Corporation and its affiliates sponsor about 80 defined benefit (pension) plans in over 40 countries. The Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits footnote (Note 17) provides details on pension obligations, fund assets and pension expense.

Some of these plans (primarily non-U.S.) provide pension benefits that are paid directly by their sponsoring affiliates out of corporate cash flow rather than a separate pension fund because applicable tax rules and regulatory practices do not encourage advance funding. Book reserves are established for these plans. The portion of the pension cost attributable to employee service is expensed as services are rendered. The portion attributable to the increase in pension obligations due to the passage of time is expensed over the term of the obligations, which ends when all benefits are paid. The primary difference in pension expense for unfunded versus funded plans is that pension expense for funded plans also includes a credit for the expected long-term return on fund assets.

For funded plans, including those in the U.S., pension obligations are financed in advance through segregated assets or insurance arrangements. These plans are managed in compliance with the requirements of governmental authorities and meet or exceed required funding levels as measured by relevant actuarial and government standards at the mandated measurement dates. In determining liabilities and required contributions, these standards often require approaches and assumptions that differ from those used for accounting purposes.

The Corporation will continue to make contributions to these funded plans as necessary. All defined-benefit pension obligations, regardless of the funding status of the underlying plans, are fully supported by the financial strength of the Corporation or the respective sponsoring affiliate.

Pension accounting requires explicit assumptions regarding, among others, the long-term expected earnings rate on fund assets, the discount rate for the benefit obligations and the long-term rate for future salary increases. Pension assumptions are reviewed annually by outside actuaries and senior management. These assumptions are adjusted as appropriate to reflect changes in market rates and outlook. The long-term expected earnings rate on U.S. pension plan assets in 2021 was 5.3 percent. The 10-year and 20-year actual returns on U.S. pension plan assets were 9 percent and 7 percent, respectively. The Corporation establishes the long-term expected rate of return by developing a forward-looking, long-term return assumption for each pension fund asset class, taking into account factors such as the expected real return for the specific asset class and inflation. A single, long-term rate of return is then calculated as the weighted average of the target asset allocation percentages and the long-term return assumption for each asset class. A worldwide reduction of 0.5 percent in the long-term rate of return on assets would increase annual pension expense by approximately $190 million before tax.

Differences between actual returns on fund assets and the long-term expected return are not recognized in pension expense in the year that the difference occurs. Such differences are deferred, along with other actuarial gains and losses, and are amortized into pension expense over the expected remaining service life of employees.

Litigation and Tax Contingencies

A variety of claims have been made against the Corporation and certain of its consolidated subsidiaries in a number of pending lawsuits. The Corporation accrues an undiscounted liability for those contingencies where the incurrence of a loss is probable and the amount can be reasonably estimated. For contingencies where an unfavorable outcome is reasonably possible and which are significant, the Corporation discloses the nature of the contingency and where feasible, an estimate of the possible loss. Management has regular litigation reviews, including updates from corporate and outside counsel, to assess the need for accounting recognition or disclosure of these contingencies. The status of significant claims is summarized in Note 16.

Management judgment is required related to contingent liabilities and the outcome of litigation because both are difficult to predict. However, the Corporation has been successful in defending litigation in the past. Payments have not had a material adverse effect on operations or financial condition. In the Corporation’s experience, large claims often do not result in large awards. Large awards are often reversed or substantially reduced as a result of appeal or settlement.

The Corporation is subject to income taxation in many jurisdictions around the world. The benefits of uncertain tax positions that the Corporation has taken or expects to take in its income tax returns are recognized in the financial statements if management concludes that it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained with the tax authorities. For a position that is likely to be sustained, the benefit recognized in the financial statements is measured at the largest amount that is greater than 50 percent likely of being realized. Significant management judgment is required in the accounting for income tax contingencies and tax disputes because the outcomes are often difficult to predict. The Corporation’s unrecognized tax benefits and a description of open tax years are summarized in Note 19.

66